1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis 11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction 12 // variables in loops. 13 // 14 // There are several aspects to this library. First is the representation of 15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class. 16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we 17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so 18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal. 19 // 20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even 21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node). If 22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial 23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we 24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node. 25 // 26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also 27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a 28 // particular expression. These folders are capable of using a variety of 29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions. 30 // 31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting 32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various 33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc. 34 // 35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement 36 // dependence analysis! 37 // 38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 39 // 40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis. 41 // 42 // Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation 43 // of closed-form functions 44 // Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima 45 // 46 // On computational properties of chains of recurrences 47 // Eugene V. Zima 48 // 49 // Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization 50 // Robert A. van Engelen 51 // 52 // Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers 53 // Robert A. van Engelen 54 // 55 // Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and 56 // induction variable substitution 57 // MS Thesis, Johnie Birch 58 // 59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 60 61 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h" 62 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 63 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 64 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 65 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" 66 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" 67 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" 68 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" 69 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h" 70 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h" 71 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" 72 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" 73 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h" 74 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" 75 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 76 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" 77 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" 78 #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" 79 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h" 80 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" 81 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h" 82 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" 83 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" 84 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" 85 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" 86 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" 87 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" 88 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 89 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 90 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 91 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h" 92 #include <algorithm> 93 using namespace llvm; 94 95 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution" 96 97 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts, 98 "Number of trip counts computed with array length"); 99 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed, 100 "Number of loops with predictable loop counts"); 101 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed, 102 "Number of loops without predictable loop counts"); 103 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed, 104 "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force"); 105 106 static cl::opt<unsigned> 107 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden, 108 cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will " 109 "symbolically execute a constant " 110 "derived loop"), 111 cl::init(100)); 112 113 // FIXME: Enable this with XDEBUG when the test suite is clean. 114 static cl::opt<bool> 115 VerifySCEV("verify-scev", 116 cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)")); 117 118 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 119 // SCEV class definitions 120 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 121 122 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 123 // Implementation of the SCEV class. 124 // 125 126 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) 127 void SCEV::dump() const { 128 print(dbgs()); 129 dbgs() << '\n'; 130 } 131 #endif 132 133 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const { 134 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) { 135 case scConstant: 136 cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false); 137 return; 138 case scTruncate: { 139 const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this); 140 const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand(); 141 OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 142 << *Trunc->getType() << ")"; 143 return; 144 } 145 case scZeroExtend: { 146 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this); 147 const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand(); 148 OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 149 << *ZExt->getType() << ")"; 150 return; 151 } 152 case scSignExtend: { 153 const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this); 154 const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand(); 155 OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " 156 << *SExt->getType() << ")"; 157 return; 158 } 159 case scAddRecExpr: { 160 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this); 161 OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0); 162 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 163 OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i); 164 OS << "}<"; 165 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW)) 166 OS << "nuw><"; 167 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW)) 168 OS << "nsw><"; 169 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) && 170 !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW))) 171 OS << "nw><"; 172 AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 173 OS << ">"; 174 return; 175 } 176 case scAddExpr: 177 case scMulExpr: 178 case scUMaxExpr: 179 case scSMaxExpr: { 180 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this); 181 const char *OpStr = nullptr; 182 switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) { 183 case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break; 184 case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break; 185 case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break; 186 case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break; 187 } 188 OS << "("; 189 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 190 I != E; ++I) { 191 OS << **I; 192 if (std::next(I) != E) 193 OS << OpStr; 194 } 195 OS << ")"; 196 switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) { 197 case scAddExpr: 198 case scMulExpr: 199 if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNUW)) 200 OS << "<nuw>"; 201 if (NAry->getNoWrapFlags(FlagNSW)) 202 OS << "<nsw>"; 203 } 204 return; 205 } 206 case scUDivExpr: { 207 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this); 208 OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")"; 209 return; 210 } 211 case scUnknown: { 212 const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this); 213 Type *AllocTy; 214 if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) { 215 OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")"; 216 return; 217 } 218 if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) { 219 OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")"; 220 return; 221 } 222 223 Type *CTy; 224 Constant *FieldNo; 225 if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) { 226 OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", "; 227 FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false); 228 OS << ")"; 229 return; 230 } 231 232 // Otherwise just print it normally. 233 U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false); 234 return; 235 } 236 case scCouldNotCompute: 237 OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***"; 238 return; 239 } 240 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 241 } 242 243 Type *SCEV::getType() const { 244 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) { 245 case scConstant: 246 return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType(); 247 case scTruncate: 248 case scZeroExtend: 249 case scSignExtend: 250 return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType(); 251 case scAddRecExpr: 252 case scMulExpr: 253 case scUMaxExpr: 254 case scSMaxExpr: 255 return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType(); 256 case scAddExpr: 257 return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType(); 258 case scUDivExpr: 259 return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType(); 260 case scUnknown: 261 return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType(); 262 case scCouldNotCompute: 263 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 264 } 265 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 266 } 267 268 bool SCEV::isZero() const { 269 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 270 return SC->getValue()->isZero(); 271 return false; 272 } 273 274 bool SCEV::isOne() const { 275 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 276 return SC->getValue()->isOne(); 277 return false; 278 } 279 280 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const { 281 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this)) 282 return SC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue(); 283 return false; 284 } 285 286 /// isNonConstantNegative - Return true if the specified scev is negated, but 287 /// not a constant. 288 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const { 289 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this); 290 if (!Mul) return false; 291 292 // If there is a constant factor, it will be first. 293 const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0)); 294 if (!SC) return false; 295 296 // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V). 297 return SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative(); 298 } 299 300 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() : 301 SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {} 302 303 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) { 304 return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute; 305 } 306 307 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) { 308 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 309 ID.AddInteger(scConstant); 310 ID.AddPointer(V); 311 void *IP = nullptr; 312 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 313 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V); 314 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 315 return S; 316 } 317 318 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) { 319 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val)); 320 } 321 322 const SCEV * 323 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) { 324 IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty)); 325 return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned)); 326 } 327 328 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 329 unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 330 : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {} 331 332 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 333 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 334 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) { 335 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 336 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 337 "Cannot truncate non-integer value!"); 338 } 339 340 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 341 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 342 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) { 343 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 344 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 345 "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!"); 346 } 347 348 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, 349 const SCEV *op, Type *ty) 350 : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) { 351 assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) && 352 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 353 "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!"); 354 } 355 356 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() { 357 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps. 358 SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this); 359 360 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map. 361 SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this); 362 363 // Release the value. 364 setValPtr(nullptr); 365 } 366 367 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) { 368 // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps. 369 SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this); 370 371 // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map. 372 SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this); 373 374 // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed 375 // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to 376 // this SCEVUnknown. 377 setValPtr(New); 378 } 379 380 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const { 381 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 382 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 383 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 384 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 385 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() && 386 CE->getNumOperands() == 2) 387 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1))) 388 if (CI->isOne()) { 389 AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType()) 390 ->getElementType(); 391 return true; 392 } 393 394 return false; 395 } 396 397 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const { 398 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 399 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 400 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 401 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 402 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) { 403 Type *Ty = 404 cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); 405 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) 406 if (!STy->isPacked() && 407 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 && 408 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) { 409 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2))) 410 if (CI->isOne() && 411 STy->getNumElements() == 2 && 412 STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) { 413 AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1); 414 return true; 415 } 416 } 417 } 418 419 return false; 420 } 421 422 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const { 423 if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue())) 424 if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt) 425 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0))) 426 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && 427 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 && 428 CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() && 429 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) { 430 Type *Ty = 431 cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); 432 // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't 433 // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors. 434 if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) { 435 CTy = Ty; 436 FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2); 437 return true; 438 } 439 } 440 441 return false; 442 } 443 444 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 445 // SCEV Utilities 446 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 447 448 namespace { 449 /// SCEVComplexityCompare - Return true if the complexity of the LHS is less 450 /// than the complexity of the RHS. This comparator is used to canonicalize 451 /// expressions. 452 class SCEVComplexityCompare { 453 const LoopInfo *const LI; 454 public: 455 explicit SCEVComplexityCompare(const LoopInfo *li) : LI(li) {} 456 457 // Return true or false if LHS is less than, or at least RHS, respectively. 458 bool operator()(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const { 459 return compare(LHS, RHS) < 0; 460 } 461 462 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or 463 // greater than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive 464 // comparisons to be more efficient. 465 int compare(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const { 466 // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check. 467 if (LHS == RHS) 468 return 0; 469 470 // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType(). 471 unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType(); 472 if (LType != RType) 473 return (int)LType - (int)RType; 474 475 // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering 476 // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent, 477 // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions. 478 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) { 479 case scUnknown: { 480 const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS); 481 const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS); 482 483 // Sort SCEVUnknown values with some loose heuristics. TODO: This is 484 // not as complete as it could be. 485 const Value *LV = LU->getValue(), *RV = RU->getValue(); 486 487 // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander 488 // form GEPs. 489 bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(), 490 RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy(); 491 if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer) 492 return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer; 493 494 // Compare getValueID values. 495 unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), 496 RID = RV->getValueID(); 497 if (LID != RID) 498 return (int)LID - (int)RID; 499 500 // Sort arguments by their position. 501 if (const Argument *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) { 502 const Argument *RA = cast<Argument>(RV); 503 unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo(); 504 return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo; 505 } 506 507 // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand 508 // count. This is pretty loose. 509 if (const Instruction *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) { 510 const Instruction *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV); 511 512 // Compare loop depths. 513 const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(), 514 *RParent = RInst->getParent(); 515 if (LParent != RParent) { 516 unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent), 517 RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent); 518 if (LDepth != RDepth) 519 return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth; 520 } 521 522 // Compare the number of operands. 523 unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(), 524 RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands(); 525 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 526 } 527 528 return 0; 529 } 530 531 case scConstant: { 532 const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS); 533 const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS); 534 535 // Compare constant values. 536 const APInt &LA = LC->getValue()->getValue(); 537 const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue(); 538 unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth(); 539 if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth) 540 return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth; 541 return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1; 542 } 543 544 case scAddRecExpr: { 545 const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 546 const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS); 547 548 // Compare addrec loop depths. 549 const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop(); 550 if (LLoop != RLoop) { 551 unsigned LDepth = LLoop->getLoopDepth(), 552 RDepth = RLoop->getLoopDepth(); 553 if (LDepth != RDepth) 554 return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth; 555 } 556 557 // Addrec complexity grows with operand count. 558 unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands(); 559 if (LNumOps != RNumOps) 560 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 561 562 // Lexicographically compare. 563 for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) { 564 long X = compare(LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i)); 565 if (X != 0) 566 return X; 567 } 568 569 return 0; 570 } 571 572 case scAddExpr: 573 case scMulExpr: 574 case scSMaxExpr: 575 case scUMaxExpr: { 576 const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS); 577 const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS); 578 579 // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions. 580 unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands(); 581 if (LNumOps != RNumOps) 582 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 583 584 for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) { 585 if (i >= RNumOps) 586 return 1; 587 long X = compare(LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i)); 588 if (X != 0) 589 return X; 590 } 591 return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps; 592 } 593 594 case scUDivExpr: { 595 const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS); 596 const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS); 597 598 // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions. 599 long X = compare(LC->getLHS(), RC->getLHS()); 600 if (X != 0) 601 return X; 602 return compare(LC->getRHS(), RC->getRHS()); 603 } 604 605 case scTruncate: 606 case scZeroExtend: 607 case scSignExtend: { 608 const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS); 609 const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS); 610 611 // Compare cast expressions by operand. 612 return compare(LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand()); 613 } 614 615 case scCouldNotCompute: 616 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 617 } 618 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 619 } 620 }; 621 } 622 623 /// GroupByComplexity - Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their 624 /// complexity, and group objects of the same complexity together by value. 625 /// When this routine is finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are 626 /// consecutive and that complexity is monotonically increasing. 627 /// 628 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic 629 /// results from this routine. In other words, we don't want the results of 630 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to 631 /// land in memory. 632 /// 633 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 634 LoopInfo *LI) { 635 if (Ops.size() < 2) return; // Noop 636 if (Ops.size() == 2) { 637 // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple. 638 // Special case it. 639 const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1]; 640 if (SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)(RHS, LHS)) 641 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 642 return; 643 } 644 645 // Do the rough sort by complexity. 646 std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)); 647 648 // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same 649 // complexity. Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to 650 // be extremely short in practice. Note that we take this approach because we 651 // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping. 652 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) { 653 const SCEV *S = Ops[i]; 654 unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType(); 655 656 // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this 657 // one, group them. 658 for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) { 659 if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate. 660 // Move it to immediately after i'th element. 661 std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]); 662 ++i; // no need to rescan it. 663 if (i == e-2) return; // Done! 664 } 665 } 666 } 667 } 668 669 namespace { 670 struct FindSCEVSize { 671 int Size; 672 FindSCEVSize() : Size(0) {} 673 674 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 675 ++Size; 676 // Keep looking at all operands of S. 677 return true; 678 } 679 bool isDone() const { 680 return false; 681 } 682 }; 683 } 684 685 // Returns the size of the SCEV S. 686 static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) { 687 FindSCEVSize F; 688 SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F); 689 ST.visitAll(S); 690 return F.Size; 691 } 692 693 namespace { 694 695 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> { 696 public: 697 // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by 698 // Denominator. 699 static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator, 700 const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient, 701 const SCEV **Remainder) { 702 assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV"); 703 704 SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator); 705 706 // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the 707 // rest of the code. 708 if (Numerator == Denominator) { 709 *Quotient = D.One; 710 *Remainder = D.Zero; 711 return; 712 } 713 714 if (Numerator->isZero()) { 715 *Quotient = D.Zero; 716 *Remainder = D.Zero; 717 return; 718 } 719 720 // A simple case when N/1. The quotient is N. 721 if (Denominator->isOne()) { 722 *Quotient = Numerator; 723 *Remainder = D.Zero; 724 return; 725 } 726 727 // Split the Denominator when it is a product. 728 if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<const SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) { 729 const SCEV *Q, *R; 730 *Quotient = Numerator; 731 for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) { 732 divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R); 733 *Quotient = Q; 734 735 // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of 736 // the Denominator. 737 if (!R->isZero()) { 738 *Quotient = D.Zero; 739 *Remainder = Numerator; 740 return; 741 } 742 } 743 *Remainder = D.Zero; 744 return; 745 } 746 747 D.visit(Numerator); 748 *Quotient = D.Quotient; 749 *Remainder = D.Remainder; 750 } 751 752 // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide 753 // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation. 754 void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {} 755 void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {} 756 void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {} 757 void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {} 758 void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {} 759 void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {} 760 void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {} 761 void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {} 762 763 void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) { 764 if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) { 765 APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getValue()->getValue(); 766 APInt DenominatorVal = D->getValue()->getValue(); 767 uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(); 768 uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth(); 769 770 if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW) 771 DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW); 772 else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW) 773 NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW); 774 775 APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0); 776 APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0); 777 APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal); 778 Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal); 779 Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal); 780 return; 781 } 782 } 783 784 void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) { 785 const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR; 786 if (!Numerator->isAffine()) 787 return cannotDivide(Numerator); 788 divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR); 789 divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR); 790 // Bail out if the types do not match. 791 Type *Ty = Denominator->getType(); 792 if (Ty != StartQ->getType() || Ty != StartR->getType() || 793 Ty != StepQ->getType() || Ty != StepR->getType()) 794 return cannotDivide(Numerator); 795 Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(), 796 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags()); 797 Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(), 798 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags()); 799 } 800 801 void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) { 802 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs; 803 Type *Ty = Denominator->getType(); 804 805 for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) { 806 const SCEV *Q, *R; 807 divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R); 808 809 // Bail out if types do not match. 810 if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType()) 811 return cannotDivide(Numerator); 812 813 Qs.push_back(Q); 814 Rs.push_back(R); 815 } 816 817 if (Qs.size() == 1) { 818 Quotient = Qs[0]; 819 Remainder = Rs[0]; 820 return; 821 } 822 823 Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs); 824 Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs); 825 } 826 827 void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) { 828 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs; 829 Type *Ty = Denominator->getType(); 830 831 bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false; 832 for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) { 833 // Bail out if types do not match. 834 if (Ty != Op->getType()) 835 return cannotDivide(Numerator); 836 837 if (FoundDenominatorTerm) { 838 Qs.push_back(Op); 839 continue; 840 } 841 842 // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands. 843 const SCEV *Q, *R; 844 divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R); 845 if (!R->isZero()) { 846 Qs.push_back(Op); 847 continue; 848 } 849 850 // Bail out if types do not match. 851 if (Ty != Q->getType()) 852 return cannotDivide(Numerator); 853 854 FoundDenominatorTerm = true; 855 Qs.push_back(Q); 856 } 857 858 if (FoundDenominatorTerm) { 859 Remainder = Zero; 860 if (Qs.size() == 1) 861 Quotient = Qs[0]; 862 else 863 Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs); 864 return; 865 } 866 867 if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)) 868 return cannotDivide(Numerator); 869 870 // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator. 871 ValueToValueMap RewriteMap; 872 RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] = 873 cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue(); 874 Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true); 875 876 if (Remainder->isZero()) { 877 // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator. 878 RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] = 879 cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue(); 880 Quotient = 881 SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true); 882 return; 883 } 884 885 // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator. 886 const SCEV *Q, *R; 887 const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder); 888 // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here. 889 if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator)) 890 return cannotDivide(Numerator); 891 divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R); 892 if (R != Zero) 893 return cannotDivide(Numerator); 894 Quotient = Q; 895 } 896 897 private: 898 SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator, 899 const SCEV *Denominator) 900 : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) { 901 Zero = SE.getZero(Denominator->getType()); 902 One = SE.getOne(Denominator->getType()); 903 904 // We generally do not know how to divide Expr by Denominator. We 905 // initialize the division to a "cannot divide" state to simplify the rest 906 // of the code. 907 cannotDivide(Numerator); 908 } 909 910 // Convenience function for giving up on the division. We set the quotient to 911 // be equal to zero and the remainder to be equal to the numerator. 912 void cannotDivide(const SCEV *Numerator) { 913 Quotient = Zero; 914 Remainder = Numerator; 915 } 916 917 ScalarEvolution &SE; 918 const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One; 919 }; 920 921 } 922 923 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 924 // Simple SCEV method implementations 925 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 926 927 /// BinomialCoefficient - Compute BC(It, K). The result has width W. 928 /// Assume, K > 0. 929 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K, 930 ScalarEvolution &SE, 931 Type *ResultTy) { 932 // Handle the simplest case efficiently. 933 if (K == 1) 934 return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy); 935 936 // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K): 937 // 938 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K! 939 // 940 // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value. We must be prepared for 941 // overflow. Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is 942 // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W. Unfortunately, division isn't 943 // safe in modular arithmetic. 944 // 945 // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses 946 // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in 947 // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is 948 // exponentiation: 949 // 950 // BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T) 951 // 952 // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula. However, 953 // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently. The trick is that 954 // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular 955 // arithmetic. To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have 956 // to do is multiply by the inverse. Therefore, this step can be done at 957 // width W. 958 // 959 // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T. The way this 960 // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T 961 // bits. This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then, 962 // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift 963 // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate. Extra bits are okay; they'll get 964 // truncated out after the division by 2^T. 965 // 966 // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique 967 // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits, 968 // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires 969 // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts. 970 // 971 // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation 972 // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows, 973 // the result must be zero anyway. We prefer here to do it in the width of 974 // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen 975 // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less 976 // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native 977 // register width. 978 // 979 // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before 980 // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as 981 // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires 982 // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets 983 // much more complicated for K > 3.) 984 985 // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative, 986 // but it probably doesn't matter. 987 if (K > 1000) 988 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 989 990 unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy); 991 992 // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before 993 // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow. 994 // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom 995 // W bits of the result. 996 APInt OddFactorial(W, 1); 997 unsigned T = 1; 998 for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) { 999 APInt Mult(W, i); 1000 unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros(); 1001 T += TwoFactors; 1002 Mult = Mult.lshr(TwoFactors); 1003 OddFactorial *= Mult; 1004 } 1005 1006 // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step 1007 unsigned CalculationBits = W + T; 1008 1009 // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W. 1010 APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T); 1011 1012 // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T; 1013 // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by 1014 // K! / 2^T. 1015 APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1); 1016 APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1); 1017 MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod); 1018 MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W); 1019 1020 // Calculate the product, at width T+W 1021 IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(), 1022 CalculationBits); 1023 const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy); 1024 for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) { 1025 const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i)); 1026 Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend, 1027 SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy)); 1028 } 1029 1030 // Divide by 2^T 1031 const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor)); 1032 1033 // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T. 1034 1035 return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor), 1036 SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy)); 1037 } 1038 1039 /// evaluateAtIteration - Return the value of this chain of recurrences at 1040 /// the specified iteration number. We can evaluate this recurrence by 1041 /// multiplying each element in the chain by the binomial coefficient 1042 /// corresponding to it. In other words, we can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as: 1043 /// 1044 /// A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3) 1045 /// 1046 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient. 1047 /// 1048 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It, 1049 ScalarEvolution &SE) const { 1050 const SCEV *Result = getStart(); 1051 for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 1052 // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the 1053 // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial 1054 // coefficient. 1055 const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType()); 1056 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff)) 1057 return Coeff; 1058 1059 Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff)); 1060 } 1061 return Result; 1062 } 1063 1064 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1065 // SCEV Expression folder implementations 1066 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1067 1068 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1069 Type *Ty) { 1070 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1071 "This is not a truncating conversion!"); 1072 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1073 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1074 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1075 1076 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1077 ID.AddInteger(scTruncate); 1078 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1079 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1080 void *IP = nullptr; 1081 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1082 1083 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1084 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1085 return getConstant( 1086 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1087 1088 // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x) 1089 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) 1090 return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty); 1091 1092 // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing 1093 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op)) 1094 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty); 1095 1096 // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing 1097 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1098 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1099 1100 // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can 1101 // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates. 1102 if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) { 1103 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1104 bool hasTrunc = false; 1105 for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) { 1106 const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty); 1107 if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SA->getOperand(i))) 1108 hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S); 1109 Operands.push_back(S); 1110 } 1111 if (!hasTrunc) 1112 return getAddExpr(Operands); 1113 UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP); // Mutates IP, returns NULL. 1114 } 1115 1116 // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can 1117 // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates. 1118 if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) { 1119 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1120 bool hasTrunc = false; 1121 for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) { 1122 const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty); 1123 if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SM->getOperand(i))) 1124 hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S); 1125 Operands.push_back(S); 1126 } 1127 if (!hasTrunc) 1128 return getMulExpr(Operands); 1129 UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP); // Mutates IP, returns NULL. 1130 } 1131 1132 // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands. 1133 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) { 1134 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 1135 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 1136 Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(AddRec->getOperand(i), Ty)); 1137 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 1138 } 1139 1140 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse 1141 // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have 1142 // made any changes which would invalidate it. 1143 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1144 Op, Ty); 1145 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1146 return S; 1147 } 1148 1149 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause 1150 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the 1151 // loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing. 1152 static const SCEV *getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step, 1153 ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred, 1154 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1155 unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType()); 1156 if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) { 1157 *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 1158 return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) - 1159 SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMax()); 1160 } 1161 if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) { 1162 *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 1163 return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - 1164 SE->getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin()); 1165 } 1166 return nullptr; 1167 } 1168 1169 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause 1170 // unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does 1171 // not exceed this limit before incrementing. 1172 static const SCEV *getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step, 1173 ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred, 1174 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1175 unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType()); 1176 *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 1177 1178 return SE->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) - 1179 SE->getUnsignedRange(Step).getUnsignedMax()); 1180 } 1181 1182 namespace { 1183 1184 struct ExtendOpTraitsBase { 1185 typedef const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy)(const SCEV *, Type *); 1186 }; 1187 1188 // Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow. 1189 template <typename ExtendOp> struct ExtendOpTraits { 1190 // Members present: 1191 // 1192 // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType; 1193 // 1194 // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr; 1195 // 1196 // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step, 1197 // ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred, 1198 // ScalarEvolution *SE); 1199 }; 1200 1201 template <> 1202 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase { 1203 static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNSW; 1204 1205 static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr; 1206 1207 static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step, 1208 ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred, 1209 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1210 return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE); 1211 } 1212 }; 1213 1214 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits< 1215 SCEVSignExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr; 1216 1217 template <> 1218 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase { 1219 static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNUW; 1220 1221 static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr; 1222 1223 static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step, 1224 ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred, 1225 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1226 return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE); 1227 } 1228 }; 1229 1230 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits< 1231 SCEVZeroExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr; 1232 } 1233 1234 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something 1235 // close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as 1236 // easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This 1237 // allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step + 1238 // Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the 1239 // expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with 1240 // "sext/zext(PostIncAR)" 1241 template <typename ExtendOpTy> 1242 static const SCEV *getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty, 1243 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1244 auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType; 1245 auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr; 1246 1247 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1248 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1249 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE); 1250 1251 // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry. 1252 const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start); 1253 if (!SA) 1254 return nullptr; 1255 1256 // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV 1257 // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty 1258 // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list. 1259 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps; 1260 for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands()) 1261 if (Op != Step) 1262 DiffOps.push_back(Op); 1263 1264 if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands()) 1265 return nullptr; 1266 1267 // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` + 1268 // `Step`: 1269 1270 // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment. 1271 const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, SA->getNoWrapFlags()); 1272 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>( 1273 SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)); 1274 1275 // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies 1276 // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow". 1277 // 1278 1279 const SCEV *BECount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L); 1280 if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) && 1281 !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) && SE->isKnownPositive(BECount)) 1282 return PreStart; 1283 1284 // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression. 1285 unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1286 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1287 const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart = 1288 SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, WideTy), 1289 (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Step, WideTy)); 1290 if ((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Start, WideTy) == OperandExtendedStart) { 1291 if (PreAR && AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) { 1292 // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW 1293 // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then 1294 // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`. Cache this fact. 1295 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(WrapType); 1296 } 1297 return PreStart; 1298 } 1299 1300 // 3. Loop precondition. 1301 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred; 1302 const SCEV *OverflowLimit = 1303 ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE); 1304 1305 if (OverflowLimit && 1306 SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit)) { 1307 return PreStart; 1308 } 1309 return nullptr; 1310 } 1311 1312 // Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start. 1313 template <typename ExtendOpTy> 1314 static const SCEV *getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty, 1315 ScalarEvolution *SE) { 1316 auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr; 1317 1318 const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForExtend<ExtendOpTy>(AR, Ty, SE); 1319 if (!PreStart) 1320 return (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStart(), Ty); 1321 1322 return SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty), 1323 (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, Ty)); 1324 } 1325 1326 // Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences. A 1327 // motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it 1328 // does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`. 1329 // 1330 // Formally: 1331 // 1332 // {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T 1333 // => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) 1334 // 1335 // If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow ... (1) 1336 // 1337 // RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) 1338 // 1339 // If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow ... (2) 1340 // 1341 // RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T) 1342 // == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} 1343 // 1344 // If (S-T)+T does not overflow ... (3) 1345 // 1346 // RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)} 1347 // == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS 1348 // 1349 // Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then 1350 // Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} 1351 // 1352 // (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T) 1353 // does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration. Therefore we only need 1354 // to check for (1) and (2). 1355 // 1356 // In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T 1357 // is `Delta` (defined below). 1358 // 1359 template <typename ExtendOpTy> 1360 bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV *Start, 1361 const SCEV *Step, 1362 const Loop *L) { 1363 auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType; 1364 1365 // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much 1366 // time here. It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a 1367 // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute 1368 // `PreStart` below. 1369 // 1370 const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start); 1371 if (!StartC) 1372 return false; 1373 1374 APInt StartAI = StartC->getValue()->getValue(); 1375 1376 for (unsigned Delta : {-2, -1, 1, 2}) { 1377 const SCEV *PreStart = getConstant(StartAI - Delta); 1378 1379 // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because 1380 // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive. 1381 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = [&]() { 1382 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1383 ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr); 1384 ID.AddPointer(PreStart); 1385 ID.AddPointer(Step); 1386 ID.AddPointer(L); 1387 void *IP = nullptr; 1388 return static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>( 1389 this->UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 1390 }(); 1391 1392 if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) { // proves (2) 1393 const SCEV *DeltaS = getConstant(StartC->getType(), Delta); 1394 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE; 1395 const SCEV *Limit = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep( 1396 DeltaS, &Pred, this); 1397 if (Limit && isKnownPredicate(Pred, PreAR, Limit)) // proves (1) 1398 return true; 1399 } 1400 } 1401 1402 return false; 1403 } 1404 1405 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1406 Type *Ty) { 1407 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1408 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1409 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1410 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1411 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1412 1413 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1414 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1415 return getConstant( 1416 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1417 1418 // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x) 1419 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1420 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1421 1422 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already 1423 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty. 1424 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1425 ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend); 1426 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1427 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1428 void *IP = nullptr; 1429 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1430 1431 // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x) 1432 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1433 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If 1434 // so, we should be able to simplify this further. 1435 const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand(); 1436 ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X); 1437 unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType()); 1438 unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1439 if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains( 1440 CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits))) 1441 return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty); 1442 } 1443 1444 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value 1445 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the 1446 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like 1447 // this: for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; } 1448 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) 1449 if (AR->isAffine()) { 1450 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1451 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this); 1452 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1453 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1454 1455 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow, 1456 // we don't need to do any further analysis. 1457 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW)) 1458 return getAddRecExpr( 1459 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1460 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1461 1462 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute. 1463 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are 1464 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is 1465 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that 1466 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result 1467 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will 1468 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge 1469 // that value once it has finished. 1470 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 1471 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) { 1472 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for 1473 // overflow. 1474 1475 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to 1476 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned. 1477 const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount = 1478 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType()); 1479 const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = 1480 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType()); 1481 if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) { 1482 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1483 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow. 1484 const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step); 1485 const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul), WideTy); 1486 const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy); 1487 const SCEV *WideMaxBECount = 1488 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy); 1489 const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = 1490 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1491 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1492 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1493 if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1494 // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1495 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW); 1496 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1497 return getAddRecExpr( 1498 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1499 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1500 } 1501 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed. 1502 // This covers loops that count down. 1503 OperandExtendedAdd = 1504 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1505 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1506 getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1507 if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1508 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1509 // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap. 1510 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW); 1511 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1512 return getAddRecExpr( 1513 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1514 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1515 } 1516 } 1517 1518 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value 1519 // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison 1520 // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison 1521 // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe. 1522 if (isKnownPositive(Step)) { 1523 const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) - 1524 getUnsignedRange(Step).getUnsignedMax()); 1525 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) || 1526 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) && 1527 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 1528 AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) { 1529 // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1530 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW); 1531 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1532 return getAddRecExpr( 1533 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1534 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1535 } 1536 } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) { 1537 const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - 1538 getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin()); 1539 if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) || 1540 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) && 1541 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, 1542 AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) { 1543 // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1544 // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap. 1545 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW); 1546 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1547 return getAddRecExpr( 1548 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1549 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1550 } 1551 } 1552 } 1553 1554 if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) { 1555 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW); 1556 return getAddRecExpr( 1557 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1558 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1559 } 1560 } 1561 1562 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. 1563 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated. 1564 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1565 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1566 Op, Ty); 1567 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1568 return S; 1569 } 1570 1571 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1572 Type *Ty) { 1573 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1574 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1575 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1576 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1577 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1578 1579 // Fold if the operand is constant. 1580 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1581 return getConstant( 1582 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty))); 1583 1584 // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x) 1585 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op)) 1586 return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty); 1587 1588 // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x) 1589 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op)) 1590 return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty); 1591 1592 // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already 1593 // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty. 1594 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1595 ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend); 1596 ID.AddPointer(Op); 1597 ID.AddPointer(Ty); 1598 void *IP = nullptr; 1599 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1600 1601 // If the input value is provably positive, build a zext instead. 1602 if (isKnownNonNegative(Op)) 1603 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1604 1605 // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x) 1606 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1607 // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If 1608 // so, we should be able to simplify this further. 1609 const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand(); 1610 ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X); 1611 unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType()); 1612 unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 1613 if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains( 1614 CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits))) 1615 return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty); 1616 } 1617 1618 // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2 1619 if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) { 1620 if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) { 1621 auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0)); 1622 auto *SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1)); 1623 if (SMul && SC1) { 1624 if (auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) { 1625 const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue(); 1626 const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue(); 1627 if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && 1628 C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2()) 1629 return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(SC1, Ty), 1630 getSignExtendExpr(SMul, Ty)); 1631 } 1632 } 1633 } 1634 } 1635 // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value 1636 // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the 1637 // operands (often constants). This allows analysis of something like 1638 // this: for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; } 1639 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) 1640 if (AR->isAffine()) { 1641 const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart(); 1642 const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this); 1643 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()); 1644 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 1645 1646 // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow, 1647 // we don't need to do any further analysis. 1648 if (AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) 1649 return getAddRecExpr( 1650 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1651 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, SCEV::FlagNSW); 1652 1653 // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute. 1654 // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are 1655 // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is 1656 // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that 1657 // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result 1658 // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will 1659 // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge 1660 // that value once it has finished. 1661 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 1662 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) { 1663 // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for 1664 // overflow. 1665 1666 // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to 1667 // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned. 1668 const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount = 1669 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType()); 1670 const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = 1671 getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType()); 1672 if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) { 1673 Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2); 1674 // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow. 1675 const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step); 1676 const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul), WideTy); 1677 const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy); 1678 const SCEV *WideMaxBECount = 1679 getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy); 1680 const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = 1681 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1682 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1683 getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1684 if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1685 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec. 1686 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1687 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1688 return getAddRecExpr( 1689 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1690 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1691 } 1692 // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned. 1693 // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step. 1694 OperandExtendedAdd = 1695 getAddExpr(WideStart, 1696 getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount, 1697 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy))); 1698 if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) { 1699 // If AR wraps around then 1700 // 1701 // abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType()) 1702 // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd 1703 // 1704 // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=> 1705 // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW) 1706 1707 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW); 1708 1709 // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside. 1710 return getAddRecExpr( 1711 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1712 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1713 } 1714 } 1715 1716 // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value 1717 // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison 1718 // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison 1719 // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe. 1720 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred; 1721 const SCEV *OverflowLimit = 1722 getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this); 1723 if (OverflowLimit && 1724 (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) || 1725 (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Start, OverflowLimit) && 1726 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), 1727 OverflowLimit)))) { 1728 // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec. 1729 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1730 return getAddRecExpr( 1731 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1732 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1733 } 1734 } 1735 // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this 1736 // transformation: 1737 // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2 1738 auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start); 1739 auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step); 1740 if (SC1 && SC2) { 1741 const APInt &C1 = SC1->getValue()->getValue(); 1742 const APInt &C2 = SC2->getValue()->getValue(); 1743 if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) && 1744 C2.isPowerOf2()) { 1745 Start = getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty); 1746 const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getZero(AR->getType()), Step, L, 1747 AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1748 return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExpr(NewAR, Ty)); 1749 } 1750 } 1751 1752 if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) { 1753 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW); 1754 return getAddRecExpr( 1755 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this), 1756 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags()); 1757 } 1758 } 1759 1760 // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. 1761 // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated. 1762 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 1763 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 1764 Op, Ty); 1765 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 1766 return S; 1767 } 1768 1769 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with 1770 /// unspecified bits out to the given type. 1771 /// 1772 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, 1773 Type *Ty) { 1774 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 1775 "This is not an extending conversion!"); 1776 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && 1777 "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!"); 1778 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 1779 1780 // Sign-extend negative constants. 1781 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 1782 if (SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative()) 1783 return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1784 1785 // Peel off a truncate cast. 1786 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) { 1787 const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand(); 1788 if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 1789 return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty); 1790 return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty); 1791 } 1792 1793 // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it. 1794 const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1795 if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt)) 1796 return ZExt; 1797 1798 // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it. 1799 const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty); 1800 if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt)) 1801 return SExt; 1802 1803 // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec. 1804 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) { 1805 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops; 1806 for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands()) 1807 Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty)); 1808 return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW); 1809 } 1810 1811 // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value. 1812 if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op)) 1813 return SExt; 1814 1815 // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value. 1816 return ZExt; 1817 } 1818 1819 /// CollectAddOperandsWithScales - Process the given Ops list, which is 1820 /// a list of operands to be added under the given scale, update the given 1821 /// map. This is a helper function for getAddRecExpr. As an example of 1822 /// what it does, given a sequence of operands that would form an add 1823 /// expression like this: 1824 /// 1825 /// m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r) 1826 /// 1827 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values: 1828 /// 1829 /// (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0) 1830 /// 1831 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant. 1832 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this: 1833 /// 1834 /// 13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B) 1835 /// 1836 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in 1837 /// the original operand list. 1838 /// 1839 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities 1840 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in 1841 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and 1842 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion. 1843 /// 1844 static bool 1845 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M, 1846 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps, 1847 APInt &AccumulatedConstant, 1848 const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands, 1849 const APInt &Scale, 1850 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 1851 bool Interesting = false; 1852 1853 // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first. 1854 unsigned i = 0; 1855 while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) { 1856 ++i; 1857 // Pull a buried constant out to the outside. 1858 if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero()) 1859 Interesting = true; 1860 AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getValue()->getValue(); 1861 } 1862 1863 // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies 1864 // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop. 1865 for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) { 1866 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]); 1867 if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) { 1868 APInt NewScale = 1869 Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue(); 1870 if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) { 1871 // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse. 1872 const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1)); 1873 Interesting |= 1874 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant, 1875 Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(), 1876 NewScale, SE); 1877 } else { 1878 // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update 1879 // the map. 1880 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end()); 1881 const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps); 1882 auto Pair = M.insert(std::make_pair(Key, NewScale)); 1883 if (Pair.second) { 1884 NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first); 1885 } else { 1886 Pair.first->second += NewScale; 1887 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate 1888 // a folding opportunity. 1889 Interesting = true; 1890 } 1891 } 1892 } else { 1893 // An ordinary operand. Update the map. 1894 std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair = 1895 M.insert(std::make_pair(Ops[i], Scale)); 1896 if (Pair.second) { 1897 NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first); 1898 } else { 1899 Pair.first->second += Scale; 1900 // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate 1901 // a folding opportunity. 1902 Interesting = true; 1903 } 1904 } 1905 } 1906 1907 return Interesting; 1908 } 1909 1910 namespace { 1911 struct APIntCompare { 1912 bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const { 1913 return LHS.ult(RHS); 1914 } 1915 }; 1916 } 1917 1918 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and 1919 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior. Infer a more aggressive set of 1920 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible. 1921 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags 1922 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type, 1923 const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 1924 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OldFlags) { 1925 using namespace std::placeholders; 1926 1927 bool CanAnalyze = 1928 Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr; 1929 (void)CanAnalyze; 1930 assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!"); 1931 1932 int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW; 1933 SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap = 1934 ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(OldFlags, SignOrUnsignMask); 1935 1936 // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW. 1937 auto IsKnownNonNegative = 1938 std::bind(std::mem_fn(&ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative), SE, _1); 1939 1940 if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && 1941 std::all_of(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), IsKnownNonNegative)) 1942 return ScalarEvolution::setFlags(OldFlags, 1943 (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask); 1944 1945 return OldFlags; 1946 } 1947 1948 /// getAddExpr - Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if 1949 /// possible. 1950 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 1951 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 1952 assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) && 1953 "only nuw or nsw allowed"); 1954 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!"); 1955 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1956 #ifndef NDEBUG 1957 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 1958 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 1959 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 1960 "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!"); 1961 #endif 1962 1963 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 1964 GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI); 1965 1966 Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags); 1967 1968 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 1969 unsigned Idx = 0; 1970 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 1971 ++Idx; 1972 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 1973 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 1974 // We found two constants, fold them together! 1975 Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getValue()->getValue() + 1976 RHSC->getValue()->getValue()); 1977 if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0]; 1978 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 1979 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 1980 } 1981 1982 // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off. 1983 if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) { 1984 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 1985 --Idx; 1986 } 1987 1988 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 1989 } 1990 1991 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than 1992 // once. If so, merge them together into an multiply expression. Since we 1993 // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent. 1994 Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType(); 1995 bool FoundMatch = false; 1996 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i) 1997 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) { // X + Y + Y --> X + Y*2 1998 // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are. 1999 unsigned Count = 2; 2000 while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i]) 2001 ++Count; 2002 // Merge the values into a multiply. 2003 const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count); 2004 const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i]); 2005 if (Ops.size() == Count) 2006 return Mul; 2007 Ops[i] = Mul; 2008 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count); 2009 --i; e -= Count - 1; 2010 FoundMatch = true; 2011 } 2012 if (FoundMatch) 2013 return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags); 2014 2015 // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same 2016 // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be 2017 // folded. eg., trunc(x) + m*trunc(n) --> trunc(x + trunc(m)*n) 2018 // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple. 2019 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 2020 const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 2021 Type *DstType = Trunc->getType(); 2022 Type *SrcType = Trunc->getOperand()->getType(); 2023 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps; 2024 bool Ok = true; 2025 // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the 2026 // source type of the truncate. 2027 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) { 2028 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) { 2029 if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) { 2030 Ok = false; 2031 break; 2032 } 2033 LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand()); 2034 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) { 2035 LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType)); 2036 } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) { 2037 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps; 2038 for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) { 2039 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = 2040 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) { 2041 if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) { 2042 Ok = false; 2043 break; 2044 } 2045 LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand()); 2046 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = 2047 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) { 2048 LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType)); 2049 } else { 2050 Ok = false; 2051 break; 2052 } 2053 } 2054 if (Ok) 2055 LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps)); 2056 } else { 2057 Ok = false; 2058 break; 2059 } 2060 } 2061 if (Ok) { 2062 // Evaluate the expression in the larger type. 2063 const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags); 2064 // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't. 2065 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold)) 2066 return getTruncateExpr(Fold, DstType); 2067 } 2068 } 2069 2070 // Skip past any other cast SCEVs. 2071 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr) 2072 ++Idx; 2073 2074 // If there are add operands they would be next. 2075 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2076 bool DeletedAdd = false; 2077 while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2078 // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands 2079 // list. 2080 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2081 Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end()); 2082 DeletedAdd = true; 2083 } 2084 2085 // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list, 2086 // and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and resimplify 2087 // any operands we just acquired. 2088 if (DeletedAdd) 2089 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2090 } 2091 2092 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply. 2093 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr) 2094 ++Idx; 2095 2096 // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with 2097 // operands multiplied by constant values. 2098 if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2099 uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 2100 DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M; 2101 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps; 2102 APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0); 2103 if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant, 2104 Ops.data(), Ops.size(), 2105 APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) { 2106 // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to 2107 // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale, 2108 // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times. 2109 std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists; 2110 for (SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *>::const_iterator I = NewOps.begin(), 2111 E = NewOps.end(); I != E; ++I) 2112 MulOpLists[M.find(*I)->second].push_back(*I); 2113 // Re-generate the operands list. 2114 Ops.clear(); 2115 if (AccumulatedConstant != 0) 2116 Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant)); 2117 for (std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare>::iterator 2118 I = MulOpLists.begin(), E = MulOpLists.end(); I != E; ++I) 2119 if (I->first != 0) 2120 Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(getConstant(I->first), 2121 getAddExpr(I->second))); 2122 if (Ops.empty()) 2123 return getZero(Ty); 2124 if (Ops.size() == 1) 2125 return Ops[0]; 2126 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2127 } 2128 } 2129 2130 // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the 2131 // something is not already an operand of the multiply. If so, merge it into 2132 // the multiply. 2133 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 2134 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 2135 for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) { 2136 const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp); 2137 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV)) 2138 continue; 2139 for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp) 2140 if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) { 2141 // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z) --> W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1)) 2142 const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0); 2143 if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 2144 // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the 2145 // Y*Z term. 2146 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(), 2147 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp); 2148 MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end()); 2149 InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps); 2150 } 2151 const SCEV *One = getOne(Ty); 2152 const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(One, InnerMul); 2153 const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV); 2154 if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul; 2155 if (AddOp < Idx) { 2156 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp); 2157 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1); 2158 } else { 2159 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2160 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1); 2161 } 2162 Ops.push_back(OuterMul); 2163 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2164 } 2165 2166 // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together. 2167 for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1; 2168 OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]); 2169 ++OtherMulIdx) { 2170 const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]); 2171 // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies 2172 // together. 2173 for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands(); 2174 OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp) 2175 if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) { 2176 // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E)) 2177 const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0); 2178 if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 2179 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(), 2180 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp); 2181 MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end()); 2182 InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps); 2183 } 2184 const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0); 2185 if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) { 2186 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(), 2187 OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp); 2188 MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end()); 2189 InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps); 2190 } 2191 const SCEV *InnerMulSum = getAddExpr(InnerMul1,InnerMul2); 2192 const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum); 2193 if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul; 2194 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2195 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1); 2196 Ops.push_back(OuterMul); 2197 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2198 } 2199 } 2200 } 2201 } 2202 2203 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other 2204 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the 2205 // recurrence. 2206 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr) 2207 ++Idx; 2208 2209 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them. 2210 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 2211 // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if 2212 // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence. 2213 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps; 2214 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 2215 const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop(); 2216 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2217 if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) { 2218 LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]); 2219 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i); 2220 --i; --e; 2221 } 2222 2223 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence. 2224 if (!LIOps.empty()) { 2225 // NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step} --> NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step} 2226 LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart()); 2227 2228 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 2229 AddRec->op_end()); 2230 AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps); 2231 2232 // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the 2233 // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow. 2234 // Always propagate NW. 2235 Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2236 const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags); 2237 2238 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done. 2239 if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec; 2240 2241 // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts. 2242 for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) 2243 if (Ops[i] == AddRec) { 2244 Ops[i] = NewRec; 2245 break; 2246 } 2247 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2248 } 2249 2250 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if 2251 // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being 2252 // added together. If so, we can fold them. 2253 for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1; 2254 OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2255 ++OtherIdx) 2256 if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) { 2257 // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L> --> Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L> 2258 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 2259 AddRec->op_end()); 2260 for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2261 ++OtherIdx) 2262 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = 2263 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])) 2264 if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) { 2265 for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands(); 2266 i != e; ++i) { 2267 if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) { 2268 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i, 2269 OtherAddRec->op_end()); 2270 break; 2271 } 2272 AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(AddRecOps[i], 2273 OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)); 2274 } 2275 Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx; 2276 } 2277 // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound. 2278 Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 2279 return getAddExpr(Ops); 2280 } 2281 2282 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the 2283 // next one. 2284 } 2285 2286 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr. Check to see if we 2287 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2288 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2289 ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr); 2290 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2291 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2292 void *IP = nullptr; 2293 SCEVAddExpr *S = 2294 static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2295 if (!S) { 2296 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2297 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2298 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2299 O, Ops.size()); 2300 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2301 } 2302 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2303 return S; 2304 } 2305 2306 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) { 2307 uint64_t k = i*j; 2308 if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true; 2309 return k; 2310 } 2311 2312 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient. If an 2313 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will 2314 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow. 2315 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) { 2316 // We use the multiplicative formula: 2317 // n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 . 2318 // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the 2319 // (k-n)th term of the denominator. This division will always produce an 2320 // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the 2321 // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the 2322 // final result would fit. 2323 2324 if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1; 2325 if (k > n) return 0; 2326 2327 if (k > n/2) 2328 k = n-k; 2329 2330 uint64_t r = 1; 2331 for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) { 2332 r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow); 2333 r /= i; 2334 } 2335 return r; 2336 } 2337 2338 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if 2339 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant. 2340 static bool containsConstantSomewhere(const SCEV *StartExpr) { 2341 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops; 2342 Ops.push_back(StartExpr); 2343 while (!Ops.empty()) { 2344 const SCEV *CurrentExpr = Ops.pop_back_val(); 2345 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(*CurrentExpr)) 2346 return true; 2347 2348 if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(*CurrentExpr) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(*CurrentExpr)) { 2349 const auto *CurrentNAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(CurrentExpr); 2350 Ops.append(CurrentNAry->op_begin(), CurrentNAry->op_end()); 2351 } 2352 } 2353 return false; 2354 } 2355 2356 /// getMulExpr - Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if 2357 /// possible. 2358 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, 2359 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2360 assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) && 2361 "only nuw or nsw allowed"); 2362 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!"); 2363 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2364 #ifndef NDEBUG 2365 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2366 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2367 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2368 "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!"); 2369 #endif 2370 2371 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2372 GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI); 2373 2374 Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags); 2375 2376 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2377 unsigned Idx = 0; 2378 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2379 2380 // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V 2381 if (Ops.size() == 2) 2382 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) 2383 // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant, 2384 // apply this transformation as well. 2385 if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2) 2386 if (containsConstantSomewhere(Add)) 2387 return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0)), 2388 getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1))); 2389 2390 ++Idx; 2391 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2392 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2393 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2394 LHSC->getValue()->getValue() * 2395 RHSC->getValue()->getValue()); 2396 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2397 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2398 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2399 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2400 } 2401 2402 // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off. 2403 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) { 2404 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 2405 --Idx; 2406 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) { 2407 // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero. 2408 return Ops[0]; 2409 } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) { 2410 // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the 2411 // add operands. 2412 if (Ops.size() == 2) { 2413 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) { 2414 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps; 2415 bool AnyFolded = false; 2416 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = Add->op_begin(), 2417 E = Add->op_end(); I != E; ++I) { 2418 const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I); 2419 if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true; 2420 NewOps.push_back(Mul); 2421 } 2422 if (AnyFolded) 2423 return getAddExpr(NewOps); 2424 } 2425 else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr * 2426 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) { 2427 // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property. 2428 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2429 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AddRec->op_begin(), 2430 E = AddRec->op_end(); I != E; ++I) { 2431 Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I)); 2432 } 2433 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), 2434 AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)); 2435 } 2436 } 2437 } 2438 2439 if (Ops.size() == 1) 2440 return Ops[0]; 2441 } 2442 2443 // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply. 2444 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr) 2445 ++Idx; 2446 2447 // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression. 2448 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 2449 bool DeletedMul = false; 2450 while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 2451 // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the operands 2452 // list. 2453 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 2454 Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end()); 2455 DeletedMul = true; 2456 } 2457 2458 // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the list, 2459 // and they are not necessarily sorted. Recurse to resort and resimplify 2460 // any operands we just acquired. 2461 if (DeletedMul) 2462 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2463 } 2464 2465 // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other 2466 // added values are loop invariant. If so, we can fold them into the 2467 // recurrence. 2468 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr) 2469 ++Idx; 2470 2471 // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them. 2472 for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) { 2473 // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector if 2474 // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence. 2475 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps; 2476 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); 2477 const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop(); 2478 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2479 if (isLoopInvariant(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) { 2480 LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]); 2481 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i); 2482 --i; --e; 2483 } 2484 2485 // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence. 2486 if (!LIOps.empty()) { 2487 // NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step} --> NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step} 2488 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps; 2489 NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands()); 2490 const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps); 2491 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2492 NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i))); 2493 2494 // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the 2495 // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow. 2496 // 2497 // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but 2498 // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true. 2499 Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2500 const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags); 2501 2502 // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done. 2503 if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec; 2504 2505 // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts. 2506 for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) 2507 if (Ops[i] == AddRec) { 2508 Ops[i] = NewRec; 2509 break; 2510 } 2511 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2512 } 2513 2514 // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if 2515 // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being 2516 // multiplied together. If so, we can fold them. 2517 2518 // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L> 2519 // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [ 2520 // choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z 2521 // ]]],+,...up to x=2n}. 2522 // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values 2523 // known at compile time, never SCEV objects. 2524 // 2525 // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two 2526 // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to 2527 // an infinite stream of zeros on the right). 2528 bool OpsModified = false; 2529 for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1; 2530 OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2531 ++OtherIdx) { 2532 const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = 2533 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]); 2534 if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop) 2535 continue; 2536 2537 bool Overflow = false; 2538 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 2539 bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64; 2540 SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps; 2541 for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() + 2542 OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) { 2543 const SCEV *Term = getZero(Ty); 2544 for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) { 2545 uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow); 2546 for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1), 2547 ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands()); 2548 z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) { 2549 uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow); 2550 uint64_t Coeff; 2551 if (LargerThan64Bits) 2552 Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow); 2553 else 2554 Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2; 2555 const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff); 2556 const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z); 2557 const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z); 2558 Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1,Term2)); 2559 } 2560 } 2561 AddRecOps.push_back(Term); 2562 } 2563 if (!Overflow) { 2564 const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(), 2565 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 2566 if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec; 2567 Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec; 2568 Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx; 2569 OpsModified = true; 2570 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec); 2571 if (!AddRec) 2572 break; 2573 } 2574 } 2575 if (OpsModified) 2576 return getMulExpr(Ops); 2577 2578 // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence. Move onto the 2579 // next one. 2580 } 2581 2582 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr. Check to see if we 2583 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2584 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2585 ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr); 2586 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2587 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 2588 void *IP = nullptr; 2589 SCEVMulExpr *S = 2590 static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2591 if (!S) { 2592 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 2593 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 2594 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2595 O, Ops.size()); 2596 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2597 } 2598 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2599 return S; 2600 } 2601 2602 /// getUDivExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something 2603 /// simpler if possible. 2604 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2605 const SCEV *RHS) { 2606 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) == 2607 getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) && 2608 "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!"); 2609 2610 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 2611 if (RHSC->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) 2612 return LHS; // X udiv 1 --> x 2613 // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't 2614 // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from 2615 // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler. 2616 if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) { 2617 // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of 2618 // its operands. 2619 // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information. 2620 Type *Ty = LHS->getType(); 2621 unsigned LZ = RHSC->getValue()->getValue().countLeadingZeros(); 2622 unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1; 2623 // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the 2624 // nearest power of two. 2625 if (!RHSC->getValue()->getValue().isPowerOf2()) 2626 ++MaxShiftAmt; 2627 IntegerType *ExtTy = 2628 IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt); 2629 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) 2630 if (const SCEVConstant *Step = 2631 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) { 2632 // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded. 2633 const APInt &StepInt = Step->getValue()->getValue(); 2634 const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getValue()->getValue(); 2635 if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) && 2636 getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) == 2637 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy), 2638 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy), 2639 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) { 2640 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2641 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2642 Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(AR->getOperand(i), RHS)); 2643 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), 2644 SCEV::FlagNW); 2645 } 2646 /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence. 2647 /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0. 2648 // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant. 2649 const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart()); 2650 if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) && 2651 getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) == 2652 getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy), 2653 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy), 2654 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) { 2655 const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getValue()->getValue(); 2656 const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt); 2657 if (StartRem != 0) 2658 LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step, 2659 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW); 2660 } 2661 } 2662 // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded. 2663 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) { 2664 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2665 for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2666 Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(M->getOperand(i), ExtTy)); 2667 if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands)) 2668 // Find an operand that's safely divisible. 2669 for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2670 const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i); 2671 const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC); 2672 if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) { 2673 Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(), 2674 M->op_end()); 2675 Operands[i] = Div; 2676 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2677 } 2678 } 2679 } 2680 // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded. 2681 if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) { 2682 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2683 for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 2684 Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(A->getOperand(i), ExtTy)); 2685 if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) { 2686 Operands.clear(); 2687 for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2688 const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS); 2689 if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) || 2690 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i)) 2691 break; 2692 Operands.push_back(Op); 2693 } 2694 if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands()) 2695 return getAddExpr(Operands); 2696 } 2697 } 2698 2699 // Fold if both operands are constant. 2700 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) { 2701 Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue(); 2702 Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue(); 2703 return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV, 2704 RHSCV))); 2705 } 2706 } 2707 } 2708 2709 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2710 ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr); 2711 ID.AddPointer(LHS); 2712 ID.AddPointer(RHS); 2713 void *IP = nullptr; 2714 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 2715 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2716 LHS, RHS); 2717 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2718 return S; 2719 } 2720 2721 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) { 2722 APInt A = C1->getValue()->getValue().abs(); 2723 APInt B = C2->getValue()->getValue().abs(); 2724 uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth(); 2725 uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth(); 2726 2727 if (ABW > BBW) 2728 B = B.zext(ABW); 2729 else if (ABW < BBW) 2730 A = A.zext(BBW); 2731 2732 return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(A, B); 2733 } 2734 2735 /// getUDivExactExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or 2736 /// something simpler if possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv 2737 /// in SCEV IR, but we can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS. 2738 /// We can't do this when it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits. 2739 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2740 const SCEV *RHS) { 2741 // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we 2742 // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the 2743 // end of this file for inspiration. 2744 2745 const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS); 2746 if (!Mul) 2747 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 2748 2749 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 2750 // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the 2751 // first element of the mulexpr. 2752 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSCst = 2753 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) { 2754 if (LHSCst == RHSCst) { 2755 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2756 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2757 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2758 } 2759 2760 // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be 2761 // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to 2762 // check. 2763 APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst); 2764 if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) { 2765 LHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>( 2766 getConstant(LHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor))); 2767 RHSCst = cast<SCEVConstant>( 2768 getConstant(RHSCst->getValue()->getValue().udiv(Factor))); 2769 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2770 Operands.push_back(LHSCst); 2771 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2772 LHS = getMulExpr(Operands); 2773 RHS = RHSCst; 2774 Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS); 2775 if (!Mul) 2776 return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS); 2777 } 2778 } 2779 } 2780 2781 for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 2782 if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) { 2783 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands; 2784 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i); 2785 Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end()); 2786 return getMulExpr(Operands); 2787 } 2788 } 2789 2790 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 2791 } 2792 2793 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. 2794 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible. 2795 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step, 2796 const Loop *L, 2797 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2798 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands; 2799 Operands.push_back(Start); 2800 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step)) 2801 if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) { 2802 Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end()); 2803 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW)); 2804 } 2805 2806 Operands.push_back(Step); 2807 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags); 2808 } 2809 2810 /// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop. 2811 /// Simplify the expression as much as possible. 2812 const SCEV * 2813 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands, 2814 const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 2815 if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0]; 2816 #ifndef NDEBUG 2817 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType()); 2818 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2819 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2820 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!"); 2821 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2822 assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) && 2823 "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!"); 2824 #endif 2825 2826 if (Operands.back()->isZero()) { 2827 Operands.pop_back(); 2828 return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0} --> X 2829 } 2830 2831 // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and 2832 // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a 2833 // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a 2834 // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck 2835 // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count). 2836 2837 Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags); 2838 2839 // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth. 2840 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) { 2841 const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop(); 2842 if (L->contains(NestedLoop) 2843 ? (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth()) 2844 : (!NestedLoop->contains(L) && 2845 DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) { 2846 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(), 2847 NestedAR->op_end()); 2848 Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart(); 2849 // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their 2850 // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this 2851 // requirement. 2852 bool AllInvariant = true; 2853 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2854 if (!isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L)) { 2855 AllInvariant = false; 2856 break; 2857 } 2858 if (AllInvariant) { 2859 // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size. 2860 // 2861 // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the 2862 // inner recurrence has the same property. 2863 SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags = 2864 maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags()); 2865 2866 NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags); 2867 AllInvariant = true; 2868 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NestedOperands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2869 if (!isLoopInvariant(NestedOperands[i], NestedLoop)) { 2870 AllInvariant = false; 2871 break; 2872 } 2873 if (AllInvariant) { 2874 // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation. 2875 // 2876 // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if 2877 // the outer recurrence has the same property. 2878 SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags = 2879 maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags); 2880 return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags); 2881 } 2882 } 2883 // Reset Operands to its original state. 2884 Operands[0] = NestedAR; 2885 } 2886 } 2887 2888 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr. Check to see if we 2889 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 2890 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2891 ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr); 2892 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) 2893 ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]); 2894 ID.AddPointer(L); 2895 void *IP = nullptr; 2896 SCEVAddRecExpr *S = 2897 static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)); 2898 if (!S) { 2899 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size()); 2900 std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O); 2901 S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 2902 O, Operands.size(), L); 2903 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 2904 } 2905 S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags); 2906 return S; 2907 } 2908 2909 const SCEV * 2910 ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(Type *PointeeType, const SCEV *BaseExpr, 2911 const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &IndexExprs, 2912 bool InBounds) { 2913 // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType() 2914 // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space. 2915 Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr->getType()); 2916 // FIXME(PR23527): Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP 2917 // instruction to its SCEV, because the Instruction may be guarded by control 2918 // flow and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any 2919 // context. This can be fixed similarly to how these flags are handled for 2920 // adds. 2921 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = InBounds ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 2922 2923 const SCEV *TotalOffset = getZero(IntPtrTy); 2924 // The address space is unimportant. The first thing we do on CurTy is getting 2925 // its element type. 2926 Type *CurTy = PointerType::getUnqual(PointeeType); 2927 for (const SCEV *IndexExpr : IndexExprs) { 2928 // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index. 2929 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurTy)) { 2930 // For a struct, add the member offset. 2931 ConstantInt *Index = cast<SCEVConstant>(IndexExpr)->getValue(); 2932 unsigned FieldNo = Index->getZExtValue(); 2933 const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo); 2934 2935 // Add the field offset to the running total offset. 2936 TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset); 2937 2938 // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index. 2939 CurTy = STy->getTypeAtIndex(Index); 2940 } else { 2941 // Update CurTy to its element type. 2942 CurTy = cast<SequentialType>(CurTy)->getElementType(); 2943 // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled. 2944 const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, CurTy); 2945 // Getelementptr indices are signed. 2946 IndexExpr = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr, IntPtrTy); 2947 2948 // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset. 2949 const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexExpr, ElementSize, Wrap); 2950 2951 // Add the element offset to the running total offset. 2952 TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset); 2953 } 2954 } 2955 2956 // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base. 2957 return getAddExpr(BaseExpr, TotalOffset, Wrap); 2958 } 2959 2960 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 2961 const SCEV *RHS) { 2962 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops; 2963 Ops.push_back(LHS); 2964 Ops.push_back(RHS); 2965 return getSMaxExpr(Ops); 2966 } 2967 2968 const SCEV * 2969 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) { 2970 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!"); 2971 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2972 #ifndef NDEBUG 2973 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 2974 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 2975 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 2976 "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!"); 2977 #endif 2978 2979 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 2980 GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI); 2981 2982 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 2983 unsigned Idx = 0; 2984 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 2985 ++Idx; 2986 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 2987 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 2988 // We found two constants, fold them together! 2989 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 2990 APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(), 2991 RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 2992 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 2993 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 2994 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 2995 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 2996 } 2997 2998 // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off. 2999 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) { 3000 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 3001 --Idx; 3002 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) { 3003 // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be 3004 // maximum-int. 3005 return Ops[0]; 3006 } 3007 3008 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 3009 } 3010 3011 // Find the first SMax 3012 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr) 3013 ++Idx; 3014 3015 // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands 3016 // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify. 3017 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 3018 bool DeletedSMax = false; 3019 while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 3020 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 3021 Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end()); 3022 DeletedSMax = true; 3023 } 3024 3025 if (DeletedSMax) 3026 return getSMaxExpr(Ops); 3027 } 3028 3029 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice. If 3030 // so, delete one. Since we sorted the list, these values are required to 3031 // be adjacent. 3032 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i) 3033 // X smax Y smax Y --> X smax Y 3034 // X smax Y --> X, if X is always greater than Y 3035 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] || 3036 isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 3037 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2); 3038 --i; --e; 3039 } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 3040 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1); 3041 --i; --e; 3042 } 3043 3044 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 3045 3046 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!"); 3047 3048 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr. Check to see if we 3049 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 3050 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3051 ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr); 3052 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 3053 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 3054 void *IP = nullptr; 3055 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 3056 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 3057 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 3058 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 3059 O, Ops.size()); 3060 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 3061 return S; 3062 } 3063 3064 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 3065 const SCEV *RHS) { 3066 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops; 3067 Ops.push_back(LHS); 3068 Ops.push_back(RHS); 3069 return getUMaxExpr(Ops); 3070 } 3071 3072 const SCEV * 3073 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) { 3074 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!"); 3075 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 3076 #ifndef NDEBUG 3077 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()); 3078 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 3079 assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy && 3080 "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!"); 3081 #endif 3082 3083 // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together. 3084 GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI); 3085 3086 // If there are any constants, fold them together. 3087 unsigned Idx = 0; 3088 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) { 3089 ++Idx; 3090 assert(Idx < Ops.size()); 3091 while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) { 3092 // We found two constants, fold them together! 3093 ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 3094 APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(), 3095 RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 3096 Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold); 3097 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1); // Erase the folded element 3098 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 3099 LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]); 3100 } 3101 3102 // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off. 3103 if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) { 3104 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()); 3105 --Idx; 3106 } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) { 3107 // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be 3108 // maximum-int. 3109 return Ops[0]; 3110 } 3111 3112 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 3113 } 3114 3115 // Find the first UMax 3116 while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr) 3117 ++Idx; 3118 3119 // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands 3120 // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify. 3121 if (Idx < Ops.size()) { 3122 bool DeletedUMax = false; 3123 while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) { 3124 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx); 3125 Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end()); 3126 DeletedUMax = true; 3127 } 3128 3129 if (DeletedUMax) 3130 return getUMaxExpr(Ops); 3131 } 3132 3133 // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice. If 3134 // so, delete one. Since we sorted the list, these values are required to 3135 // be adjacent. 3136 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i) 3137 // X umax Y umax Y --> X umax Y 3138 // X umax Y --> X, if X is always greater than Y 3139 if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] || 3140 isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 3141 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2); 3142 --i; --e; 3143 } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) { 3144 Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1); 3145 --i; --e; 3146 } 3147 3148 if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0]; 3149 3150 assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!"); 3151 3152 // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr. Check to see if we 3153 // already have one, otherwise create a new one. 3154 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3155 ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr); 3156 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) 3157 ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]); 3158 void *IP = nullptr; 3159 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S; 3160 const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size()); 3161 std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O); 3162 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), 3163 O, Ops.size()); 3164 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 3165 return S; 3166 } 3167 3168 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 3169 const SCEV *RHS) { 3170 // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y). 3171 return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS))); 3172 } 3173 3174 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS, 3175 const SCEV *RHS) { 3176 // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y) 3177 return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS))); 3178 } 3179 3180 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) { 3181 // We can bypass creating a target-independent 3182 // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt. 3183 // This is just a compile-time optimization. 3184 return getConstant(IntTy, 3185 F.getParent()->getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy)); 3186 } 3187 3188 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy, 3189 StructType *STy, 3190 unsigned FieldNo) { 3191 // We can bypass creating a target-independent 3192 // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt. 3193 // This is just a compile-time optimization. 3194 return getConstant( 3195 IntTy, 3196 F.getParent()->getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset( 3197 FieldNo)); 3198 } 3199 3200 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) { 3201 // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object 3202 // here. createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other 3203 // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown 3204 // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization. 3205 3206 FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3207 ID.AddInteger(scUnknown); 3208 ID.AddPointer(V); 3209 void *IP = nullptr; 3210 if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) { 3211 assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V && 3212 "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!"); 3213 return S; 3214 } 3215 SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this, 3216 FirstUnknown); 3217 FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S); 3218 UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP); 3219 return S; 3220 } 3221 3222 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3223 // Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code 3224 // 3225 3226 /// isSCEVable - Test if values of the given type are analyzable within 3227 /// the SCEV framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it 3228 /// can optionally include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class 3229 /// has access to target-specific information. 3230 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const { 3231 // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable. 3232 return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy(); 3233 } 3234 3235 /// getTypeSizeInBits - Return the size in bits of the specified type, 3236 /// for which isSCEVable must return true. 3237 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const { 3238 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!"); 3239 return F.getParent()->getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty); 3240 } 3241 3242 /// getEffectiveSCEVType - Return a type with the same bitwidth as 3243 /// the given type and which represents how SCEV will treat the given 3244 /// type, for which isSCEVable must return true. For pointer types, 3245 /// this is the pointer-sized integer type. 3246 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const { 3247 assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!"); 3248 3249 if (Ty->isIntegerTy()) { 3250 return Ty; 3251 } 3252 3253 // The only other support type is pointer. 3254 assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!"); 3255 return F.getParent()->getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Ty); 3256 } 3257 3258 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() { 3259 return CouldNotCompute.get(); 3260 } 3261 3262 namespace { 3263 // Helper class working with SCEVTraversal to figure out if a SCEV contains 3264 // a SCEVUnknown with null value-pointer. FindInvalidSCEVUnknown::FindOne 3265 // is set iff if find such SCEVUnknown. 3266 // 3267 struct FindInvalidSCEVUnknown { 3268 bool FindOne; 3269 FindInvalidSCEVUnknown() { FindOne = false; } 3270 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 3271 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) { 3272 case scConstant: 3273 return false; 3274 case scUnknown: 3275 if (!cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()) 3276 FindOne = true; 3277 return false; 3278 default: 3279 return true; 3280 } 3281 } 3282 bool isDone() const { return FindOne; } 3283 }; 3284 } 3285 3286 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const { 3287 FindInvalidSCEVUnknown F; 3288 SCEVTraversal<FindInvalidSCEVUnknown> ST(F); 3289 ST.visitAll(S); 3290 3291 return !F.FindOne; 3292 } 3293 3294 /// getSCEV - Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the 3295 /// expression and create a new one. 3296 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) { 3297 assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!"); 3298 3299 const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V); 3300 if (S == nullptr) { 3301 S = createSCEV(V); 3302 ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S)); 3303 } 3304 return S; 3305 } 3306 3307 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExistingSCEV(Value *V) { 3308 assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!"); 3309 3310 ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V); 3311 if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) { 3312 const SCEV *S = I->second; 3313 if (checkValidity(S)) 3314 return S; 3315 ValueExprMap.erase(I); 3316 } 3317 return nullptr; 3318 } 3319 3320 /// getNegativeSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V 3321 /// 3322 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V, 3323 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 3324 if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) 3325 return getConstant( 3326 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue()))); 3327 3328 Type *Ty = V->getType(); 3329 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 3330 return getMulExpr( 3331 V, getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))), Flags); 3332 } 3333 3334 /// getNotSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V 3335 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 3336 if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) 3337 return getConstant( 3338 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue()))); 3339 3340 Type *Ty = V->getType(); 3341 Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty); 3342 const SCEV *AllOnes = 3343 getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))); 3344 return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V); 3345 } 3346 3347 /// getMinusSCEV - Return LHS-RHS. Minus is represented in SCEV as A+B*-1. 3348 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 3349 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) { 3350 // Fast path: X - X --> 0. 3351 if (LHS == RHS) 3352 return getZero(LHS->getType()); 3353 3354 // We represent LHS - RHS as LHS + (-1)*RHS. This transformation 3355 // makes it so that we cannot make much use of NUW. 3356 auto AddFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 3357 const bool RHSIsNotMinSigned = 3358 !getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue(); 3359 if (maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == SCEV::FlagNSW) { 3360 // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. Then (-1)*RHS 3361 // signed-wraps if and only if RHS is M. That can happen even for 3362 // a NSW subtraction because e.g. (-1)*M signed-wraps even though 3363 // -1 - M does not. So to transfer NSW from LHS - RHS to LHS + 3364 // (-1)*RHS, we need to prove that RHS != M. 3365 // 3366 // If LHS is non-negative and we know that LHS - RHS does not 3367 // signed-wrap, then RHS cannot be M. So we can rule out signed-wrap 3368 // either by proving that RHS > M or that LHS >= 0. 3369 if (RHSIsNotMinSigned || isKnownNonNegative(LHS)) { 3370 AddFlags = SCEV::FlagNSW; 3371 } 3372 } 3373 3374 // FIXME: Find a correct way to transfer NSW to (-1)*M when LHS - 3375 // RHS is NSW and LHS >= 0. 3376 // 3377 // The difficulty here is that the NSW flag may have been proven 3378 // relative to a loop that is to be found in a recurrence in LHS and 3379 // not in RHS. Applying NSW to (-1)*M may then let the NSW have a 3380 // larger scope than intended. 3381 auto NegFlags = RHSIsNotMinSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 3382 3383 return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS, NegFlags), AddFlags); 3384 } 3385 3386 /// getTruncateOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3387 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is zero 3388 /// extended. 3389 const SCEV * 3390 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3391 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3392 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3393 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3394 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3395 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3396 return V; // No conversion 3397 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3398 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 3399 return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3400 } 3401 3402 /// getTruncateOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3403 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is sign 3404 /// extended. 3405 const SCEV * 3406 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, 3407 Type *Ty) { 3408 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3409 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3410 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3411 "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3412 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3413 return V; // No conversion 3414 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3415 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 3416 return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3417 } 3418 3419 /// getNoopOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3420 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is zero 3421 /// extended. The conversion must not be narrowing. 3422 const SCEV * 3423 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3424 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3425 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3426 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3427 "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3428 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3429 "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!"); 3430 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3431 return V; // No conversion 3432 return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3433 } 3434 3435 /// getNoopOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3436 /// input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, it is sign 3437 /// extended. The conversion must not be narrowing. 3438 const SCEV * 3439 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3440 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3441 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3442 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3443 "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3444 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3445 "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!"); 3446 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3447 return V; // No conversion 3448 return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3449 } 3450 3451 /// getNoopOrAnyExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of 3452 /// the input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended, 3453 /// it is extended with unspecified bits. The conversion must not be 3454 /// narrowing. 3455 const SCEV * 3456 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3457 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3458 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3459 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3460 "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!"); 3461 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3462 "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!"); 3463 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3464 return V; // No conversion 3465 return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty); 3466 } 3467 3468 /// getTruncateOrNoop - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the 3469 /// input value to the specified type. The conversion must not be widening. 3470 const SCEV * 3471 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) { 3472 Type *SrcTy = V->getType(); 3473 assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) && 3474 (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) && 3475 "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!"); 3476 assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) && 3477 "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!"); 3478 if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) 3479 return V; // No conversion 3480 return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty); 3481 } 3482 3483 /// getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of 3484 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umax operation 3485 /// with them. 3486 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS, 3487 const SCEV *RHS) { 3488 const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS; 3489 const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS; 3490 3491 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) 3492 PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType()); 3493 else 3494 PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType()); 3495 3496 return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS); 3497 } 3498 3499 /// getUMinFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of 3500 /// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umin operation 3501 /// with them. 3502 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS, 3503 const SCEV *RHS) { 3504 const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS; 3505 const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS; 3506 3507 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) 3508 PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType()); 3509 else 3510 PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType()); 3511 3512 return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS); 3513 } 3514 3515 /// getPointerBase - Transitively follow the chain of pointer-type operands 3516 /// until reaching a SCEV that does not have a single pointer operand. This 3517 /// returns a SCEVUnknown pointer for well-formed pointer-type expressions, 3518 /// but corner cases do exist. 3519 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) { 3520 // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null. 3521 if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy()) 3522 return V; 3523 3524 if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) { 3525 return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand()); 3526 } 3527 else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) { 3528 const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr; 3529 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 3530 I != E; ++I) { 3531 if ((*I)->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 3532 // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands. 3533 if (PtrOp) 3534 return V; 3535 PtrOp = *I; 3536 } 3537 } 3538 if (!PtrOp) 3539 return V; 3540 return getPointerBase(PtrOp); 3541 } 3542 return V; 3543 } 3544 3545 /// PushDefUseChildren - Push users of the given Instruction 3546 /// onto the given Worklist. 3547 static void 3548 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I, 3549 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { 3550 // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack. 3551 for (User *U : I->users()) 3552 Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U)); 3553 } 3554 3555 /// ForgetSymbolicValue - This looks up computed SCEV values for all 3556 /// instructions that depend on the given instruction and removes them from 3557 /// the ValueExprMapType map if they reference SymName. This is used during PHI 3558 /// resolution. 3559 void 3560 ScalarEvolution::ForgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) { 3561 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 3562 PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist); 3563 3564 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 3565 Visited.insert(PN); 3566 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 3567 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 3568 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 3569 continue; 3570 3571 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 3572 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 3573 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 3574 const SCEV *Old = It->second; 3575 3576 // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name 3577 // ceases to appear in expressions. 3578 if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName)) 3579 continue; 3580 3581 // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized 3582 // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed 3583 // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case, 3584 // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything. 3585 // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary 3586 // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do 3587 // want to forget the SCEVUnknown. 3588 if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || 3589 !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) || 3590 (I != PN && Old == SymName)) { 3591 forgetMemoizedResults(Old); 3592 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 3593 } 3594 } 3595 3596 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 3597 } 3598 } 3599 3600 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHI(PHINode *PN) { 3601 const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent()); 3602 if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent()) 3603 return nullptr; 3604 3605 // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze 3606 // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique 3607 // backedge value. 3608 Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr; 3609 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { 3610 Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i); 3611 if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) { 3612 if (!BEValueV) { 3613 BEValueV = V; 3614 } else if (BEValueV != V) { 3615 BEValueV = nullptr; 3616 break; 3617 } 3618 } else if (!StartValueV) { 3619 StartValueV = V; 3620 } else if (StartValueV != V) { 3621 StartValueV = nullptr; 3622 break; 3623 } 3624 } 3625 if (BEValueV && StartValueV) { 3626 // While we are analyzing this PHI node, handle its value symbolically. 3627 const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN); 3628 assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() && 3629 "PHI node already processed?"); 3630 ValueExprMap.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName)); 3631 3632 // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around 3633 // the back-edge. 3634 const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV); 3635 3636 // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just 3637 // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop. 3638 3639 // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic 3640 // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable! 3641 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) { 3642 // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it 3643 // with a recurrence. 3644 unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands(); 3645 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3646 if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName) 3647 if (FoundIndex == e) { 3648 FoundIndex = i; 3649 break; 3650 } 3651 3652 if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) { 3653 // Create an add with everything but the specified operand. 3654 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops; 3655 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 3656 if (i != FoundIndex) 3657 Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i)); 3658 const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops); 3659 3660 // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each 3661 // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop. 3662 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) || 3663 (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) && 3664 cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) { 3665 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 3666 3667 // If the increment doesn't overflow, then neither the addrec nor 3668 // the post-increment will overflow. 3669 if (const AddOperator *OBO = dyn_cast<AddOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3670 if (OBO->getOperand(0) == PN) { 3671 if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) 3672 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3673 if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) 3674 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW); 3675 } 3676 } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) { 3677 // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address 3678 // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee 3679 // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are 3680 // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base 3681 // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the 3682 // indices form a positive value. 3683 if (GEP->isInBounds() && GEP->getOperand(0) == PN) { 3684 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW); 3685 3686 const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand()); 3687 if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr))) 3688 Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 3689 } 3690 3691 // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction 3692 // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y 3693 // for instance. 3694 } 3695 3696 const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV); 3697 const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags); 3698 3699 // Since the no-wrap flags are on the increment, they apply to the 3700 // post-incremented value as well. 3701 if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L)) 3702 (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags); 3703 3704 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI 3705 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the 3706 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression. 3707 ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName); 3708 ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV; 3709 return PHISCEV; 3710 } 3711 } 3712 } else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = 3713 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(BEValue)) { 3714 // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this: 3715 // i = 0; for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { .... i = j; } 3716 // In this case, j = {1,+,1} and BEValue is j. 3717 // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue 3718 // i really is an addrec evolution. 3719 if (AddRec->getLoop() == L && AddRec->isAffine()) { 3720 const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV); 3721 3722 // If StartVal = j.start - j.stride, we can use StartVal as the 3723 // initial step of the addrec evolution. 3724 if (StartVal == 3725 getMinusSCEV(AddRec->getOperand(0), AddRec->getOperand(1))) { 3726 // FIXME: For constant StartVal, we should be able to infer 3727 // no-wrap flags. 3728 const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, AddRec->getOperand(1), 3729 L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); 3730 3731 // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI 3732 // to be symbolic. We now need to go back and purge all of the 3733 // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression. 3734 ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName); 3735 ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV; 3736 return PHISCEV; 3737 } 3738 } 3739 } 3740 } 3741 3742 return nullptr; 3743 } 3744 3745 // Checks if the SCEV S is available at BB. S is considered available at BB 3746 // if S can be materialized at BB without introducing a fault. 3747 static bool IsAvailableOnEntry(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, const SCEV *S, 3748 BasicBlock *BB) { 3749 struct CheckAvailable { 3750 bool TraversalDone = false; 3751 bool Available = true; 3752 3753 const Loop *L = nullptr; // The loop BB is in (can be nullptr) 3754 BasicBlock *BB = nullptr; 3755 DominatorTree &DT; 3756 3757 CheckAvailable(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree &DT) 3758 : L(L), BB(BB), DT(DT) {} 3759 3760 bool setUnavailable() { 3761 TraversalDone = true; 3762 Available = false; 3763 return false; 3764 } 3765 3766 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 3767 switch (S->getSCEVType()) { 3768 case scConstant: case scTruncate: case scZeroExtend: case scSignExtend: 3769 case scAddExpr: case scMulExpr: case scUMaxExpr: case scSMaxExpr: 3770 // These expressions are available if their operand(s) is/are. 3771 return true; 3772 3773 case scAddRecExpr: { 3774 // We allow add recurrences that are on the loop BB is in, or some 3775 // outer loop. This guarantees availability because the value of the 3776 // add recurrence at BB is simply the "current" value of the induction 3777 // variable. We can relax this in the future; for instance an add 3778 // recurrence on a sibling dominating loop is also available at BB. 3779 const auto *ARLoop = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)->getLoop(); 3780 if (L && (ARLoop == L || ARLoop->contains(L))) 3781 return true; 3782 3783 return setUnavailable(); 3784 } 3785 3786 case scUnknown: { 3787 // For SCEVUnknown, we check for simple dominance. 3788 const auto *SU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S); 3789 Value *V = SU->getValue(); 3790 3791 if (isa<Argument>(V)) 3792 return false; 3793 3794 if (isa<Instruction>(V) && DT.dominates(cast<Instruction>(V), BB)) 3795 return false; 3796 3797 return setUnavailable(); 3798 } 3799 3800 case scUDivExpr: 3801 case scCouldNotCompute: 3802 // We do not try to smart about these at all. 3803 return setUnavailable(); 3804 } 3805 llvm_unreachable("switch should be fully covered!"); 3806 } 3807 3808 bool isDone() { return TraversalDone; } 3809 }; 3810 3811 CheckAvailable CA(L, BB, DT); 3812 SCEVTraversal<CheckAvailable> ST(CA); 3813 3814 ST.visitAll(S); 3815 return CA.Available; 3816 } 3817 3818 // Try to match a control flow sequence that branches out at BI and merges back 3819 // at Merge into a "C ? LHS : RHS" select pattern. Return true on a successful 3820 // match. 3821 static bool BrPHIToSelect(DominatorTree &DT, BranchInst *BI, PHINode *Merge, 3822 Value *&C, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) { 3823 C = BI->getCondition(); 3824 3825 BasicBlockEdge LeftEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(0)); 3826 BasicBlockEdge RightEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1)); 3827 3828 if (!LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()) 3829 return false; 3830 3831 assert(RightEdge.isSingleEdge() && "Follows from LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()"); 3832 3833 Use &LeftUse = Merge->getOperandUse(0); 3834 Use &RightUse = Merge->getOperandUse(1); 3835 3836 if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, LeftUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, RightUse)) { 3837 LHS = LeftUse; 3838 RHS = RightUse; 3839 return true; 3840 } 3841 3842 if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, RightUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, LeftUse)) { 3843 LHS = RightUse; 3844 RHS = LeftUse; 3845 return true; 3846 } 3847 3848 return false; 3849 } 3850 3851 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PHINode *PN) { 3852 if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) { 3853 const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent()); 3854 3855 // Try to match 3856 // 3857 // br %cond, label %left, label %right 3858 // left: 3859 // br label %merge 3860 // right: 3861 // br label %merge 3862 // merge: 3863 // V = phi [ %x, %left ], [ %y, %right ] 3864 // 3865 // as "select %cond, %x, %y" 3866 3867 BasicBlock *IDom = DT[PN->getParent()]->getIDom()->getBlock(); 3868 assert(IDom && "At least the entry block should dominate PN"); 3869 3870 auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(IDom->getTerminator()); 3871 Value *Cond = nullptr, *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr; 3872 3873 if (BI && BI->isConditional() && 3874 BrPHIToSelect(DT, BI, PN, Cond, LHS, RHS) && 3875 IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(LHS), PN->getParent()) && 3876 IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(RHS), PN->getParent())) 3877 return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(PN, Cond, LHS, RHS); 3878 } 3879 3880 return nullptr; 3881 } 3882 3883 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) { 3884 if (const SCEV *S = createAddRecFromPHI(PN)) 3885 return S; 3886 3887 if (const SCEV *S = createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PN)) 3888 return S; 3889 3890 // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the 3891 // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so 3892 // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but 3893 // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases. 3894 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, F.getParent()->getDataLayout(), &TLI, 3895 &DT, &AC)) 3896 if (LI.replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V)) 3897 return getSCEV(V); 3898 3899 // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet. 3900 return getUnknown(PN); 3901 } 3902 3903 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHI(Instruction *I, 3904 Value *Cond, 3905 Value *TrueVal, 3906 Value *FalseVal) { 3907 // Handle "constant" branch or select. This can occur for instance when a 3908 // loop pass transforms an inner loop and moves on to process the outer loop. 3909 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond)) 3910 return getSCEV(CI->isOne() ? TrueVal : FalseVal); 3911 3912 // Try to match some simple smax or umax patterns. 3913 auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond); 3914 if (!ICI) 3915 return getUnknown(I); 3916 3917 Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0); 3918 Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1); 3919 3920 switch (ICI->getPredicate()) { 3921 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 3922 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 3923 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 3924 // fall through 3925 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 3926 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 3927 // a >s b ? a+x : b+x -> smax(a, b)+x 3928 // a >s b ? b+x : a+x -> smin(a, b)+x 3929 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) { 3930 const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType()); 3931 const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType()); 3932 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal); 3933 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal); 3934 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 3935 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS); 3936 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3937 return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 3938 LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS); 3939 RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 3940 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3941 return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 3942 } 3943 break; 3944 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 3945 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 3946 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 3947 // fall through 3948 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 3949 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 3950 // a >u b ? a+x : b+x -> umax(a, b)+x 3951 // a >u b ? b+x : a+x -> umin(a, b)+x 3952 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) { 3953 const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType()); 3954 const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType()); 3955 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal); 3956 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal); 3957 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 3958 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS); 3959 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3960 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 3961 LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS); 3962 RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 3963 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3964 return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff); 3965 } 3966 break; 3967 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 3968 // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x -> umax(n, 1)+x 3969 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) && 3970 isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) { 3971 const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType()); 3972 const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType()); 3973 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal); 3974 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal); 3975 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS); 3976 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One); 3977 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3978 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff); 3979 } 3980 break; 3981 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 3982 // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x -> umax(n, 1)+x 3983 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) && 3984 isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) { 3985 const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType()); 3986 const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType()); 3987 const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal); 3988 const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal); 3989 const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One); 3990 const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS); 3991 if (LDiff == RDiff) 3992 return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff); 3993 } 3994 break; 3995 default: 3996 break; 3997 } 3998 3999 return getUnknown(I); 4000 } 4001 4002 /// createNodeForGEP - Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply 4003 /// operations. This allows them to be analyzed by regular SCEV code. 4004 /// 4005 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) { 4006 Value *Base = GEP->getOperand(0); 4007 // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects. 4008 if (!Base->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isSized()) 4009 return getUnknown(GEP); 4010 4011 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> IndexExprs; 4012 for (auto Index = GEP->idx_begin(); Index != GEP->idx_end(); ++Index) 4013 IndexExprs.push_back(getSCEV(*Index)); 4014 return getGEPExpr(GEP->getSourceElementType(), getSCEV(Base), IndexExprs, 4015 GEP->isInBounds()); 4016 } 4017 4018 /// GetMinTrailingZeros - Determine the minimum number of zero bits that S is 4019 /// guaranteed to end in (at every loop iteration). It is, at the same time, 4020 /// the minimum number of times S is divisible by 2. For example, given {4,+,8} 4021 /// it returns 2. If S is guaranteed to be 0, it returns the bitwidth of S. 4022 uint32_t 4023 ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) { 4024 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 4025 return C->getValue()->getValue().countTrailingZeros(); 4026 4027 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) 4028 return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()), 4029 (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType())); 4030 4031 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 4032 uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand()); 4033 return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ? 4034 getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes; 4035 } 4036 4037 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 4038 uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand()); 4039 return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ? 4040 getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes; 4041 } 4042 4043 if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 4044 // The result is the min of all operands results. 4045 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0)); 4046 for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 4047 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i))); 4048 return MinOpRes; 4049 } 4050 4051 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 4052 // The result is the sum of all operands results. 4053 uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 4054 uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType()); 4055 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); 4056 SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i) 4057 SumOpRes = std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), 4058 BitWidth); 4059 return SumOpRes; 4060 } 4061 4062 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 4063 // The result is the min of all operands results. 4064 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0)); 4065 for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 4066 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i))); 4067 return MinOpRes; 4068 } 4069 4070 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 4071 // The result is the min of all operands results. 4072 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 4073 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 4074 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i))); 4075 return MinOpRes; 4076 } 4077 4078 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 4079 // The result is the min of all operands results. 4080 uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0)); 4081 for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i) 4082 MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i))); 4083 return MinOpRes; 4084 } 4085 4086 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 4087 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 4088 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()); 4089 APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0); 4090 computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, F.getParent()->getDataLayout(), 4091 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT); 4092 return Zeros.countTrailingOnes(); 4093 } 4094 4095 // SCEVUDivExpr 4096 return 0; 4097 } 4098 4099 /// GetRangeFromMetadata - Helper method to assign a range to V from 4100 /// metadata present in the IR. 4101 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) { 4102 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { 4103 if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) { 4104 ConstantRange TotalRange( 4105 cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitWidth(), false); 4106 4107 unsigned NumRanges = MD->getNumOperands() / 2; 4108 assert(NumRanges >= 1); 4109 4110 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumRanges; ++i) { 4111 ConstantInt *Lower = 4112 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 0)); 4113 ConstantInt *Upper = 4114 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(MD->getOperand(2 * i + 1)); 4115 ConstantRange Range(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); 4116 TotalRange = TotalRange.unionWith(Range); 4117 } 4118 4119 return TotalRange; 4120 } 4121 } 4122 4123 return None; 4124 } 4125 4126 /// getRange - Determine the range for a particular SCEV. If SignHint is 4127 /// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges 4128 /// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation. 4129 /// 4130 ConstantRange 4131 ScalarEvolution::getRange(const SCEV *S, 4132 ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) { 4133 DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache = 4134 SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges 4135 : SignedRanges; 4136 4137 // See if we've computed this range already. 4138 DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = Cache.find(S); 4139 if (I != Cache.end()) 4140 return I->second; 4141 4142 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) 4143 return setRange(C, SignHint, ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue())); 4144 4145 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()); 4146 ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true); 4147 4148 // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros 4149 // as well. 4150 uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S); 4151 if (TZ != 0) { 4152 if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) 4153 ConservativeResult = 4154 ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth), 4155 APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1); 4156 else 4157 ConservativeResult = ConstantRange( 4158 APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth), 4159 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1); 4160 } 4161 4162 if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) { 4163 ConstantRange X = getRange(Add->getOperand(0), SignHint); 4164 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 4165 X = X.add(getRange(Add->getOperand(i), SignHint)); 4166 return setRange(Add, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 4167 } 4168 4169 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 4170 ConstantRange X = getRange(Mul->getOperand(0), SignHint); 4171 for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 4172 X = X.multiply(getRange(Mul->getOperand(i), SignHint)); 4173 return setRange(Mul, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 4174 } 4175 4176 if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) { 4177 ConstantRange X = getRange(SMax->getOperand(0), SignHint); 4178 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 4179 X = X.smax(getRange(SMax->getOperand(i), SignHint)); 4180 return setRange(SMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 4181 } 4182 4183 if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) { 4184 ConstantRange X = getRange(UMax->getOperand(0), SignHint); 4185 for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 4186 X = X.umax(getRange(UMax->getOperand(i), SignHint)); 4187 return setRange(UMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X)); 4188 } 4189 4190 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) { 4191 ConstantRange X = getRange(UDiv->getLHS(), SignHint); 4192 ConstantRange Y = getRange(UDiv->getRHS(), SignHint); 4193 return setRange(UDiv, SignHint, 4194 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y))); 4195 } 4196 4197 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) { 4198 ConstantRange X = getRange(ZExt->getOperand(), SignHint); 4199 return setRange(ZExt, SignHint, 4200 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth))); 4201 } 4202 4203 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) { 4204 ConstantRange X = getRange(SExt->getOperand(), SignHint); 4205 return setRange(SExt, SignHint, 4206 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth))); 4207 } 4208 4209 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) { 4210 ConstantRange X = getRange(Trunc->getOperand(), SignHint); 4211 return setRange(Trunc, SignHint, 4212 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth))); 4213 } 4214 4215 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 4216 // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its 4217 // initial value. 4218 if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW)) 4219 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart())) 4220 if (!C->getValue()->isZero()) 4221 ConservativeResult = 4222 ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 4223 ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue(), APInt(BitWidth, 0))); 4224 4225 // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or 4226 // zero, the value won't ever change sign. 4227 if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) { 4228 bool AllNonNeg = true; 4229 bool AllNonPos = true; 4230 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 4231 if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false; 4232 if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false; 4233 } 4234 if (AllNonNeg) 4235 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 4236 ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0), 4237 APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth))); 4238 else if (AllNonPos) 4239 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 4240 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth), 4241 APInt(BitWidth, 1))); 4242 } 4243 4244 // TODO: non-affine addrec 4245 if (AddRec->isAffine()) { 4246 Type *Ty = AddRec->getType(); 4247 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 4248 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && 4249 getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) { 4250 4251 // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic 4252 // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow 4253 // checking code. 4254 4255 MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty); 4256 ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount); 4257 ConstantRange ZExtMaxBECountRange = 4258 MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1); 4259 4260 const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart(); 4261 const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this); 4262 ConstantRange StepSRange = getSignedRange(Step); 4263 ConstantRange SExtStepSRange = StepSRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1); 4264 4265 ConstantRange StartURange = getUnsignedRange(Start); 4266 ConstantRange EndURange = 4267 StartURange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepSRange)); 4268 4269 // Check for unsigned overflow. 4270 ConstantRange ZExtStartURange = 4271 StartURange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1); 4272 ConstantRange ZExtEndURange = EndURange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1); 4273 if (ZExtStartURange.add(ZExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(SExtStepSRange)) == 4274 ZExtEndURange) { 4275 APInt Min = APIntOps::umin(StartURange.getUnsignedMin(), 4276 EndURange.getUnsignedMin()); 4277 APInt Max = APIntOps::umax(StartURange.getUnsignedMax(), 4278 EndURange.getUnsignedMax()); 4279 bool IsFullRange = Min.isMinValue() && Max.isMaxValue(); 4280 if (!IsFullRange) 4281 ConservativeResult = 4282 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max + 1)); 4283 } 4284 4285 ConstantRange StartSRange = getSignedRange(Start); 4286 ConstantRange EndSRange = 4287 StartSRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepSRange)); 4288 4289 // Check for signed overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange 4290 // arithmetic because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution 4291 // overflow checking code. 4292 ConstantRange SExtStartSRange = 4293 StartSRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1); 4294 ConstantRange SExtEndSRange = EndSRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth * 2 + 1); 4295 if (SExtStartSRange.add(ZExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(SExtStepSRange)) == 4296 SExtEndSRange) { 4297 APInt Min = APIntOps::smin(StartSRange.getSignedMin(), 4298 EndSRange.getSignedMin()); 4299 APInt Max = APIntOps::smax(StartSRange.getSignedMax(), 4300 EndSRange.getSignedMax()); 4301 bool IsFullRange = Min.isMinSignedValue() && Max.isMaxSignedValue(); 4302 if (!IsFullRange) 4303 ConservativeResult = 4304 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max + 1)); 4305 } 4306 } 4307 } 4308 4309 return setRange(AddRec, SignHint, ConservativeResult); 4310 } 4311 4312 if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 4313 // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata. 4314 Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue()); 4315 if (MDRange.hasValue()) 4316 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue()); 4317 4318 // Split here to avoid paying the compile-time cost of calling both 4319 // computeKnownBits and ComputeNumSignBits. This restriction can be lifted 4320 // if needed. 4321 const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout(); 4322 if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) { 4323 // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking. 4324 APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0); 4325 computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), Zeros, Ones, DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT); 4326 if (Ones != ~Zeros + 1) 4327 ConservativeResult = 4328 ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Ones, ~Zeros + 1)); 4329 } else { 4330 assert(SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_SIGNED && 4331 "generalize as needed!"); 4332 unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT); 4333 if (NS > 1) 4334 ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith( 4335 ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1), 4336 APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1) + 1)); 4337 } 4338 4339 return setRange(U, SignHint, ConservativeResult); 4340 } 4341 4342 return setRange(S, SignHint, ConservativeResult); 4343 } 4344 4345 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScalarEvolution::getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(const Value *V) { 4346 if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 4347 const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(V); 4348 4349 // Return early if there are no flags to propagate to the SCEV. 4350 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 4351 if (BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) 4352 Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW); 4353 if (BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap()) 4354 Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW); 4355 if (Flags == SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) { 4356 return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 4357 } 4358 4359 // Here we check that BinOp is in the header of the innermost loop 4360 // containing BinOp, since we only deal with instructions in the loop 4361 // header. The actual loop we need to check later will come from an add 4362 // recurrence, but getting that requires computing the SCEV of the operands, 4363 // which can be expensive. This check we can do cheaply to rule out some 4364 // cases early. 4365 Loop *innermostContainingLoop = LI.getLoopFor(BinOp->getParent()); 4366 if (innermostContainingLoop == nullptr || 4367 innermostContainingLoop->getHeader() != BinOp->getParent()) 4368 return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 4369 4370 // Only proceed if we can prove that BinOp does not yield poison. 4371 if (!isKnownNotFullPoison(BinOp)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 4372 4373 // At this point we know that if V is executed, then it does not wrap 4374 // according to at least one of NSW or NUW. If V is not executed, then we do 4375 // not know if the calculation that V represents would wrap. Multiple 4376 // instructions can map to the same SCEV. If we apply NSW or NUW from V to 4377 // the SCEV, we must guarantee no wrapping for that SCEV also when it is 4378 // derived from other instructions that map to the same SCEV. We cannot make 4379 // that guarantee for cases where V is not executed. So we need to find the 4380 // loop that V is considered in relation to and prove that V is executed for 4381 // every iteration of that loop. That implies that the value that V 4382 // calculates does not wrap anywhere in the loop, so then we can apply the 4383 // flags to the SCEV. 4384 // 4385 // We check isLoopInvariant to disambiguate in case we are adding two 4386 // recurrences from different loops, so that we know which loop to prove 4387 // that V is executed in. 4388 for (int OpIndex = 0; OpIndex < 2; ++OpIndex) { 4389 const SCEV *Op = getSCEV(BinOp->getOperand(OpIndex)); 4390 if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) { 4391 const int OtherOpIndex = 1 - OpIndex; 4392 const SCEV *OtherOp = getSCEV(BinOp->getOperand(OtherOpIndex)); 4393 if (isLoopInvariant(OtherOp, AddRec->getLoop()) && 4394 isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(BinOp, AddRec->getLoop())) 4395 return Flags; 4396 } 4397 } 4398 return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 4399 } 4400 4401 /// createSCEV - We know that there is no SCEV for the specified value. Analyze 4402 /// the expression. 4403 /// 4404 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) { 4405 if (!isSCEVable(V->getType())) 4406 return getUnknown(V); 4407 4408 unsigned Opcode = Instruction::UserOp1; 4409 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { 4410 Opcode = I->getOpcode(); 4411 4412 // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't 4413 // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required 4414 // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this 4415 // analysis depends on. 4416 if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent())) 4417 return getUnknown(V); 4418 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V)) 4419 Opcode = CE->getOpcode(); 4420 else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) 4421 return getConstant(CI); 4422 else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) 4423 return getZero(V->getType()); 4424 else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V)) 4425 return GA->mayBeOverridden() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee()); 4426 else 4427 return getUnknown(V); 4428 4429 Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V); 4430 switch (Opcode) { 4431 case Instruction::Add: { 4432 // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands 4433 // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a 4434 // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient, 4435 // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands. 4436 // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call. 4437 // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands. 4438 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps; 4439 for (Value *Op = U;; Op = U->getOperand(0)) { 4440 U = dyn_cast<Operator>(Op); 4441 unsigned Opcode = U ? U->getOpcode() : 0; 4442 if (!U || (Opcode != Instruction::Add && Opcode != Instruction::Sub)) { 4443 assert(Op != V && "V should be an add"); 4444 AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(Op)); 4445 break; 4446 } 4447 4448 if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(U)) { 4449 AddOps.push_back(OpSCEV); 4450 break; 4451 } 4452 4453 // If a NUW or NSW flag can be applied to the SCEV for this 4454 // addition, then compute the SCEV for this addition by itself 4455 // with a separate call to getAddExpr. We need to do that 4456 // instead of pushing the operands of the addition onto AddOps, 4457 // since the flags are only known to apply to this particular 4458 // addition - they may not apply to other additions that can be 4459 // formed with operands from AddOps. 4460 const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4461 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(U); 4462 if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) { 4463 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4464 if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub) 4465 AddOps.push_back(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS, Flags)); 4466 else 4467 AddOps.push_back(getAddExpr(LHS, RHS, Flags)); 4468 break; 4469 } 4470 4471 if (Opcode == Instruction::Sub) 4472 AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(RHS)); 4473 else 4474 AddOps.push_back(RHS); 4475 } 4476 return getAddExpr(AddOps); 4477 } 4478 4479 case Instruction::Mul: { 4480 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps; 4481 for (Value *Op = U;; Op = U->getOperand(0)) { 4482 U = dyn_cast<Operator>(Op); 4483 if (!U || U->getOpcode() != Instruction::Mul) { 4484 assert(Op != V && "V should be a mul"); 4485 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(Op)); 4486 break; 4487 } 4488 4489 if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(U)) { 4490 MulOps.push_back(OpSCEV); 4491 break; 4492 } 4493 4494 SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(U); 4495 if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) { 4496 MulOps.push_back(getMulExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 4497 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)), Flags)); 4498 break; 4499 } 4500 4501 MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4502 } 4503 return getMulExpr(MulOps); 4504 } 4505 case Instruction::UDiv: 4506 return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 4507 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4508 case Instruction::Sub: 4509 return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)), 4510 getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(U)); 4511 case Instruction::And: 4512 // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits, 4513 // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression. 4514 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4515 if (CI->isNullValue()) 4516 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)); 4517 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) 4518 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4519 const APInt &A = CI->getValue(); 4520 4521 // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of 4522 // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask. 4523 // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant 4524 // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value. 4525 unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros(); 4526 unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros(); 4527 unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth(); 4528 APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); 4529 computeKnownBits(U->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, 4530 F.getParent()->getDataLayout(), 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT); 4531 4532 APInt EffectiveMask = 4533 APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ); 4534 if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~KnownZero) & EffectiveMask)) { 4535 const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant( 4536 ConstantInt::get(getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ))); 4537 return getMulExpr( 4538 getZeroExtendExpr( 4539 getTruncateExpr( 4540 getUDivExactExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), MulCount), 4541 IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)), 4542 U->getType()), 4543 MulCount); 4544 } 4545 } 4546 break; 4547 4548 case Instruction::Or: 4549 // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like: 4550 // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1. Handle this as an Add so loop 4551 // optimizations will transparently handle this case. 4552 // 4553 // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the 4554 // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n. 4555 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4556 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4557 const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue(); 4558 if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >= 4559 (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) { 4560 // Build a plain add SCEV. 4561 const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI)); 4562 // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags, 4563 // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap. 4564 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { 4565 const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 4566 const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags( 4567 OldAR->getNoWrapFlags()); 4568 } 4569 return S; 4570 } 4571 } 4572 break; 4573 case Instruction::Xor: 4574 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4575 // If the RHS of the xor is a signbit, then this is just an add. 4576 // Instcombine turns add of signbit into xor as a strength reduction step. 4577 if (CI->getValue().isSignBit()) 4578 return getAddExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), 4579 getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))); 4580 4581 // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation. 4582 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) 4583 return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))); 4584 4585 // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask. 4586 // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles 4587 // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out 4588 // of an xor with -1. 4589 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(U->getOperand(0))) 4590 if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) 4591 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && 4592 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue()) 4593 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z = 4594 dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)))) { 4595 Type *UTy = U->getType(); 4596 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand(); 4597 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType(); 4598 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty); 4599 4600 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to 4601 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and 4602 // re-apply the zext. 4603 if (APIntOps::isMask(Z0TySize, CI->getValue())) 4604 return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy); 4605 4606 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position 4607 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor 4608 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext. 4609 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize); 4610 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() && 4611 Trunc.isSignBit()) 4612 return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)), 4613 UTy); 4614 } 4615 } 4616 break; 4617 4618 case Instruction::Shl: 4619 // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply. 4620 if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4621 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth(); 4622 4623 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 4624 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 4625 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 4626 // other parts of the compiler. 4627 if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 4628 break; 4629 4630 // It is currently not resolved how to interpret NSW for left 4631 // shift by BitWidth - 1, so we avoid applying flags in that 4632 // case. Remove this check (or this comment) once the situation 4633 // is resolved. See 4634 // http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/llvm-dev/2015-April/084195.html 4635 // and http://reviews.llvm.org/D8890 . 4636 auto Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap; 4637 if (SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth - 1)) Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(U); 4638 4639 Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 4640 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue())); 4641 return getMulExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X), Flags); 4642 } 4643 break; 4644 4645 case Instruction::LShr: 4646 // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide. 4647 if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) { 4648 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth(); 4649 4650 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 4651 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 4652 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 4653 // other parts of the compiler. 4654 if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 4655 break; 4656 4657 Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(), 4658 APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue())); 4659 return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X)); 4660 } 4661 break; 4662 4663 case Instruction::AShr: 4664 // For a two-shift sext-inreg, use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression. 4665 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) 4666 if (Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(U->getOperand(0))) 4667 if (L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl && 4668 L->getOperand(1) == U->getOperand(1)) { 4669 uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()); 4670 4671 // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of 4672 // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the 4673 // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in 4674 // other parts of the compiler. 4675 if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) 4676 break; 4677 4678 uint64_t Amt = BitWidth - CI->getZExtValue(); 4679 if (Amt == BitWidth) 4680 return getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)); // shift by zero --> noop 4681 return 4682 getSignExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)), 4683 IntegerType::get(getContext(), 4684 Amt)), 4685 U->getType()); 4686 } 4687 break; 4688 4689 case Instruction::Trunc: 4690 return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 4691 4692 case Instruction::ZExt: 4693 return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 4694 4695 case Instruction::SExt: 4696 return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType()); 4697 4698 case Instruction::BitCast: 4699 // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast. 4700 if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType())) 4701 return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)); 4702 break; 4703 4704 // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can 4705 // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs, 4706 // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when 4707 // simplifying integer expressions. 4708 4709 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: 4710 return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U)); 4711 4712 case Instruction::PHI: 4713 return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U)); 4714 4715 case Instruction::Select: 4716 // U can also be a select constant expr, which let fall through. Since 4717 // createNodeForSelect only works for a condition that is an `ICmpInst`, and 4718 // constant expressions cannot have instructions as operands, we'd have 4719 // returned getUnknown for a select constant expressions anyway. 4720 if (isa<Instruction>(U)) 4721 return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(cast<Instruction>(U), U->getOperand(0), 4722 U->getOperand(1), U->getOperand(2)); 4723 4724 default: // We cannot analyze this expression. 4725 break; 4726 } 4727 4728 return getUnknown(V); 4729 } 4730 4731 4732 4733 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4734 // Iteration Count Computation Code 4735 // 4736 4737 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L) { 4738 if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock()) 4739 return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB); 4740 4741 // No trip count information for multiple exits. 4742 return 0; 4743 } 4744 4745 /// getSmallConstantTripCount - Returns the maximum trip count of this loop as a 4746 /// normal unsigned value. Returns 0 if the trip count is unknown or not 4747 /// constant. Will also return 0 if the maximum trip count is very large (>= 4748 /// 2^32). 4749 /// 4750 /// This "trip count" assumes that control exits via ExitingBlock. More 4751 /// precisely, it is the number of times that control may reach ExitingBlock 4752 /// before taking the branch. For loops with multiple exits, it may not be the 4753 /// number times that the loop header executes because the loop may exit 4754 /// prematurely via another branch. 4755 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(Loop *L, 4756 BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4757 assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!"); 4758 assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) && 4759 "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!"); 4760 const SCEVConstant *ExitCount = 4761 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock)); 4762 if (!ExitCount) 4763 return 0; 4764 4765 ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue(); 4766 4767 // Guard against huge trip counts. 4768 if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32) 4769 return 0; 4770 4771 // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct. 4772 return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1; 4773 } 4774 4775 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L) { 4776 if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock()) 4777 return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB); 4778 4779 // No trip multiple information for multiple exits. 4780 return 0; 4781 } 4782 4783 /// getSmallConstantTripMultiple - Returns the largest constant divisor of the 4784 /// trip count of this loop as a normal unsigned value, if possible. This 4785 /// means that the actual trip count is always a multiple of the returned 4786 /// value (don't forget the trip count could very well be zero as well!). 4787 /// 4788 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the 4789 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply 4790 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1 4791 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32). 4792 /// 4793 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes 4794 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock. 4795 unsigned 4796 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(Loop *L, 4797 BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4798 assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!"); 4799 assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) && 4800 "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!"); 4801 const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock); 4802 if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute()) 4803 return 1; 4804 4805 // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1. 4806 const SCEV *TCMul = getAddExpr(ExitCount, getOne(ExitCount->getType())); 4807 // FIXME: SCEV distributes multiplication as V1*C1 + V2*C1. We could attempt 4808 // to factor simple cases. 4809 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(TCMul)) 4810 TCMul = Mul->getOperand(0); 4811 4812 const SCEVConstant *MulC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCMul); 4813 if (!MulC) 4814 return 1; 4815 4816 ConstantInt *Result = MulC->getValue(); 4817 4818 // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking 4819 // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the 4820 // addition wraps). 4821 if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 || 4822 Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0) 4823 return 1; 4824 4825 return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue(); 4826 } 4827 4828 // getExitCount - Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which 4829 // this loop is guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return 4830 // SCEVCouldNotCompute. 4831 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 4832 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this); 4833 } 4834 4835 /// getBackedgeTakenCount - If the specified loop has a predictable 4836 /// backedge-taken count, return it, otherwise return a SCEVCouldNotCompute 4837 /// object. The backedge-taken count is the number of times the loop header 4838 /// will be branched to from within the loop. This is one less than the 4839 /// trip count of the loop, since it doesn't count the first iteration, 4840 /// when the header is branched to from outside the loop. 4841 /// 4842 /// Note that it is not valid to call this method on a loop without a 4843 /// loop-invariant backedge-taken count (see 4844 /// hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount). 4845 /// 4846 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4847 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this); 4848 } 4849 4850 /// getMaxBackedgeTakenCount - Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except 4851 /// return the least SCEV value that is known never to be less than the 4852 /// actual backedge taken count. 4853 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 4854 return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this); 4855 } 4856 4857 /// PushLoopPHIs - Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop 4858 /// onto the given Worklist. 4859 static void 4860 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) { 4861 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 4862 4863 // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack. 4864 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin(); 4865 PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I) 4866 Worklist.push_back(PN); 4867 } 4868 4869 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo & 4870 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) { 4871 // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion 4872 // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and 4873 // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV 4874 // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new 4875 // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion. 4876 std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair = 4877 BackedgeTakenCounts.insert(std::make_pair(L, BackedgeTakenInfo())); 4878 if (!Pair.second) 4879 return Pair.first->second; 4880 4881 // computeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it 4882 // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result 4883 // must be cleared in this scope. 4884 BackedgeTakenInfo Result = computeBackedgeTakenCount(L); 4885 4886 if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) { 4887 assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) && 4888 isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) && 4889 "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!"); 4890 ++NumTripCountsComputed; 4891 } 4892 else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() && 4893 isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) { 4894 // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable. 4895 ++NumTripCountsNotComputed; 4896 } 4897 4898 // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any 4899 // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only 4900 // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count 4901 // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that 4902 // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially. 4903 if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) { 4904 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4905 PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist); 4906 4907 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4908 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4909 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4910 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 4911 continue; 4912 4913 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4914 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4915 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4916 const SCEV *Old = It->second; 4917 4918 // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized 4919 // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed 4920 // by createNodeForPHI. In the former case, additional loop trip 4921 // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later 4922 // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its 4923 // own when it gets to that point. 4924 if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) { 4925 forgetMemoizedResults(Old); 4926 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4927 } 4928 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4929 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4930 } 4931 4932 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4933 } 4934 } 4935 4936 // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to 4937 // computeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a 4938 // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different 4939 // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed 4940 // earlier. 4941 return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = Result; 4942 } 4943 4944 /// forgetLoop - This method should be called by the client when it has 4945 /// changed a loop in a way that may effect ScalarEvolution's ability to 4946 /// compute a trip count, or if the loop is deleted. 4947 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) { 4948 // Drop any stored trip count value. 4949 DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator BTCPos = 4950 BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L); 4951 if (BTCPos != BackedgeTakenCounts.end()) { 4952 BTCPos->second.clear(); 4953 BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(BTCPos); 4954 } 4955 4956 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs. 4957 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4958 PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist); 4959 4960 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4961 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4962 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4963 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 4964 continue; 4965 4966 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 4967 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 4968 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 4969 forgetMemoizedResults(It->second); 4970 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 4971 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 4972 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 4973 } 4974 4975 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 4976 } 4977 4978 // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the 4979 // ValuesAtScopes map. 4980 for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I) 4981 forgetLoop(*I); 4982 } 4983 4984 /// forgetValue - This method should be called by the client when it has 4985 /// changed a value in a way that may effect its value, or which may 4986 /// disconnect it from a def-use chain linking it to a loop. 4987 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) { 4988 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 4989 if (!I) return; 4990 4991 // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs. 4992 SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist; 4993 Worklist.push_back(I); 4994 4995 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited; 4996 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4997 I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4998 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 4999 continue; 5000 5001 ValueExprMapType::iterator It = 5002 ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I)); 5003 if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) { 5004 forgetMemoizedResults(It->second); 5005 ValueExprMap.erase(It); 5006 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 5007 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 5008 } 5009 5010 PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist); 5011 } 5012 } 5013 5014 /// getExact - Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop 5015 /// exits. A computable result can only be returned for loops with a single 5016 /// exit. Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect 5017 /// because one of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. HowFarToZero 5018 /// assumes that the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid 5019 /// assumption as long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it 5020 /// is the caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using 5021 /// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE). 5022 const SCEV * 5023 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 5024 // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable. 5025 if (!ExitNotTaken.isCompleteList()) return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 5026 5027 // We need exactly one computable exit. 5028 if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 5029 assert(ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken && "uninitialized not-taken info"); 5030 5031 const SCEV *BECount = nullptr; 5032 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 5033 ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 5034 5035 assert(ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV"); 5036 5037 if (!BECount) 5038 BECount = ENT->ExactNotTaken; 5039 else if (BECount != ENT->ExactNotTaken) 5040 return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 5041 } 5042 assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit"); 5043 return BECount; 5044 } 5045 5046 /// getExact - Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit. 5047 const SCEV * 5048 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock, 5049 ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 5050 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 5051 ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 5052 5053 if (ENT->ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock) 5054 return ENT->ExactNotTaken; 5055 } 5056 return SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 5057 } 5058 5059 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop. 5060 const SCEV * 5061 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 5062 return Max ? Max : SE->getCouldNotCompute(); 5063 } 5064 5065 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, 5066 ScalarEvolution *SE) const { 5067 if (Max && Max != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && SE->hasOperand(Max, S)) 5068 return true; 5069 5070 if (!ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock) 5071 return false; 5072 5073 for (const ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = &ExitNotTaken; 5074 ENT != nullptr; ENT = ENT->getNextExit()) { 5075 5076 if (ENT->ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() 5077 && SE->hasOperand(ENT->ExactNotTaken, S)) { 5078 return true; 5079 } 5080 } 5081 return false; 5082 } 5083 5084 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each 5085 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array. 5086 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo( 5087 SmallVectorImpl< std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *> > &ExitCounts, 5088 bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount) : Max(MaxCount) { 5089 5090 if (!Complete) 5091 ExitNotTaken.setIncomplete(); 5092 5093 unsigned NumExits = ExitCounts.size(); 5094 if (NumExits == 0) return; 5095 5096 ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[0].first; 5097 ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[0].second; 5098 if (NumExits == 1) return; 5099 5100 // Handle the rare case of multiple computable exits. 5101 ExitNotTakenInfo *ENT = new ExitNotTakenInfo[NumExits-1]; 5102 5103 ExitNotTakenInfo *PrevENT = &ExitNotTaken; 5104 for (unsigned i = 1; i < NumExits; ++i, PrevENT = ENT, ++ENT) { 5105 PrevENT->setNextExit(ENT); 5106 ENT->ExitingBlock = ExitCounts[i].first; 5107 ENT->ExactNotTaken = ExitCounts[i].second; 5108 } 5109 } 5110 5111 /// clear - Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array. 5112 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() { 5113 ExitNotTaken.ExitingBlock = nullptr; 5114 ExitNotTaken.ExactNotTaken = nullptr; 5115 delete[] ExitNotTaken.getNextExit(); 5116 } 5117 5118 /// computeBackedgeTakenCount - Compute the number of times the backedge 5119 /// of the specified loop will execute. 5120 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo 5121 ScalarEvolution::computeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 5122 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks; 5123 L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks); 5124 5125 SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock *, const SCEV *>, 4> ExitCounts; 5126 bool CouldComputeBECount = true; 5127 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL. 5128 const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr; 5129 const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr; 5130 5131 // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts 5132 // and compute maxBECount. 5133 for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5134 BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i]; 5135 ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimit(L, ExitBB); 5136 5137 // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts. 5138 // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed. 5139 if (EL.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 5140 // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so 5141 // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop. 5142 CouldComputeBECount = false; 5143 else 5144 ExitCounts.push_back(std::make_pair(ExitBB, EL.Exact)); 5145 5146 // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of 5147 // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds: 5148 // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits. 5149 // 5150 // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it 5151 // is a LoopMayExit. If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then 5152 // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.Max of computable LoopMustExits. Otherwise, 5153 // MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum EL.Max, where CouldNotCompute is 5154 // considered greater than any computable EL.Max. 5155 if (EL.Max != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch && 5156 DT.dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) { 5157 if (!MustExitMaxBECount) 5158 MustExitMaxBECount = EL.Max; 5159 else { 5160 MustExitMaxBECount = 5161 getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.Max); 5162 } 5163 } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) { 5164 if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 5165 MayExitMaxBECount = EL.Max; 5166 else { 5167 MayExitMaxBECount = 5168 getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.Max); 5169 } 5170 } 5171 } 5172 const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount : 5173 (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute()); 5174 return BackedgeTakenInfo(ExitCounts, CouldComputeBECount, MaxBECount); 5175 } 5176 5177 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5178 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) { 5179 5180 // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block. See what condition causes us to exit 5181 // at this block and remember the exit block and whether all other targets 5182 // lead to the loop header. 5183 bool MustExecuteLoopHeader = true; 5184 BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr; 5185 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(ExitingBlock), SE = succ_end(ExitingBlock); 5186 SI != SE; ++SI) 5187 if (!L->contains(*SI)) { 5188 if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors. 5189 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5190 Exit = *SI; 5191 } else if (*SI != L->getHeader()) { 5192 MustExecuteLoopHeader = false; 5193 } 5194 5195 // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether 5196 // the loop is exited. However, we don't know if the branch is executed each 5197 // time through the loop. If not, then the execution count of the branch will 5198 // not be equal to the trip count of the loop. 5199 // 5200 // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to 5201 // the loop header. If so, we know it will always execute the same number of 5202 // times as the loop. We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the 5203 // loop header. This is common for un-rotated loops. 5204 // 5205 // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the 5206 // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the 5207 // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the 5208 // trip count of the loop. 5209 // 5210 // More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here. 5211 // 5212 if (!MustExecuteLoopHeader && ExitingBlock != L->getHeader()) { 5213 // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain 5214 // up to the header. 5215 bool Ok = false; 5216 for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitingBlock; BB; ) { 5217 BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor(); 5218 if (!Pred) 5219 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5220 TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator(); 5221 for (const BasicBlock *PredSucc : PredTerm->successors()) { 5222 if (PredSucc == BB) 5223 continue; 5224 // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't 5225 // outside the loop, assume the worst. 5226 if (L->contains(PredSucc)) 5227 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5228 } 5229 if (Pred == L->getHeader()) { 5230 Ok = true; 5231 break; 5232 } 5233 BB = Pred; 5234 } 5235 if (!Ok) 5236 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5237 } 5238 5239 bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr); 5240 TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator(); 5241 if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) { 5242 assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!"); 5243 // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression. 5244 return computeExitLimitFromCond(L, BI->getCondition(), BI->getSuccessor(0), 5245 BI->getSuccessor(1), 5246 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit); 5247 } 5248 5249 if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term)) 5250 return computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit, 5251 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit); 5252 5253 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5254 } 5255 5256 /// computeExitLimitFromCond - Compute the number of times the 5257 /// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition 5258 /// were a conditional branch of ExitCond, TBB, and FBB. 5259 /// 5260 /// @param ControlsExit is true if ExitCond directly controls the exit 5261 /// branch. In this case, we can assume that the loop exits only if the 5262 /// condition is true and can infer that failing to meet the condition prior to 5263 /// integer wraparound results in undefined behavior. 5264 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5265 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCond(const Loop *L, 5266 Value *ExitCond, 5267 BasicBlock *TBB, 5268 BasicBlock *FBB, 5269 bool ControlsExit) { 5270 // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or. 5271 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) { 5272 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { 5273 // Recurse on the operands of the and. 5274 bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(TBB); 5275 ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, 5276 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 5277 ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, 5278 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 5279 const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 5280 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 5281 if (EitherMayExit) { 5282 // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing. 5283 // Choose the less conservative count. 5284 if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() || 5285 EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 5286 BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 5287 else 5288 BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact); 5289 if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 5290 MaxBECount = EL1.Max; 5291 else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 5292 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 5293 else 5294 MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max); 5295 } else { 5296 // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit. 5297 // For now, be conservative. 5298 assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!"); 5299 if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max) 5300 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 5301 if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact) 5302 BECount = EL0.Exact; 5303 } 5304 5305 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 5306 } 5307 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { 5308 // Recurse on the operands of the or. 5309 bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(FBB); 5310 ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, 5311 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 5312 ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, 5313 ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit); 5314 const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 5315 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 5316 if (EitherMayExit) { 5317 // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing. 5318 // Choose the less conservative count. 5319 if (EL0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() || 5320 EL1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) 5321 BECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 5322 else 5323 BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Exact, EL1.Exact); 5324 if (EL0.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 5325 MaxBECount = EL1.Max; 5326 else if (EL1.Max == getCouldNotCompute()) 5327 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 5328 else 5329 MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.Max, EL1.Max); 5330 } else { 5331 // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit. 5332 // For now, be conservative. 5333 assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!"); 5334 if (EL0.Max == EL1.Max) 5335 MaxBECount = EL0.Max; 5336 if (EL0.Exact == EL1.Exact) 5337 BECount = EL0.Exact; 5338 } 5339 5340 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 5341 } 5342 } 5343 5344 // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count. 5345 // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp. 5346 if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) 5347 return computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit); 5348 5349 // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by 5350 // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to 5351 // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions 5352 // in place. 5353 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) { 5354 if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue()) 5355 // The backedge is always taken. 5356 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5357 else 5358 // The backedge is never taken. 5359 return getZero(CI->getType()); 5360 } 5361 5362 // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way. 5363 return computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB)); 5364 } 5365 5366 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5367 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L, 5368 ICmpInst *ExitCond, 5369 BasicBlock *TBB, 5370 BasicBlock *FBB, 5371 bool ControlsExit) { 5372 5373 // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false 5374 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond; 5375 if (!L->contains(FBB)) 5376 Cond = ExitCond->getPredicate(); 5377 else 5378 Cond = ExitCond->getInversePredicate(); 5379 5380 // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X) 5381 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0))) 5382 if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) { 5383 ExitLimit ItCnt = 5384 computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Cond); 5385 if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo()) 5386 return ItCnt; 5387 } 5388 5389 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0)); 5390 const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1)); 5391 5392 // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop. 5393 LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L); 5394 RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L); 5395 5396 // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the 5397 // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs. 5398 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) { 5399 // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS. 5400 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 5401 Cond = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond); 5402 } 5403 5404 // Simplify the operands before analyzing them. 5405 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS); 5406 5407 // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value 5408 // ranges to answer this query. 5409 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) 5410 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) 5411 if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) { 5412 // Form the constant range. 5413 ConstantRange CompRange( 5414 ICmpInst::makeConstantRange(Cond, RHSC->getValue()->getValue())); 5415 5416 const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this); 5417 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret; 5418 } 5419 5420 switch (Cond) { 5421 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: { // while (X != Y) 5422 // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0) 5423 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit); 5424 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5425 break; 5426 } 5427 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: { // while (X == Y) 5428 // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0) 5429 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L); 5430 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5431 break; 5432 } 5433 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 5434 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { // while (X < Y) 5435 bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 5436 ExitLimit EL = HowManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit); 5437 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5438 break; 5439 } 5440 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 5441 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: { // while (X > Y) 5442 bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 5443 ExitLimit EL = HowManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit); 5444 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL; 5445 break; 5446 } 5447 default: 5448 #if 0 5449 dbgs() << "computeBackedgeTakenCount "; 5450 if (ExitCond->getOperand(0)->getType()->isUnsigned()) 5451 dbgs() << "[unsigned] "; 5452 dbgs() << *LHS << " " 5453 << Instruction::getOpcodeName(Instruction::ICmp) 5454 << " " << *RHS << "\n"; 5455 #endif 5456 break; 5457 } 5458 return computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB)); 5459 } 5460 5461 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5462 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L, 5463 SwitchInst *Switch, 5464 BasicBlock *ExitingBlock, 5465 bool ControlsExit) { 5466 assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!"); 5467 5468 // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch. 5469 if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock) 5470 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5471 5472 assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) && 5473 "Default case must not exit the loop!"); 5474 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L); 5475 const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock)); 5476 5477 // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0) 5478 ExitLimit EL = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit); 5479 if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) 5480 return EL; 5481 5482 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5483 } 5484 5485 static ConstantInt * 5486 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C, 5487 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 5488 const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C); 5489 const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE); 5490 assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) && 5491 "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?"); 5492 return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue(); 5493 } 5494 5495 /// computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit - Given an exit condition of 5496 /// 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can compute the backedge 5497 /// execution count. 5498 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 5499 ScalarEvolution::computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit( 5500 LoadInst *LI, 5501 Constant *RHS, 5502 const Loop *L, 5503 ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) { 5504 5505 if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5506 5507 // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global. 5508 // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs. 5509 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0)); 5510 if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5511 5512 // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an 5513 // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0. 5514 GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0)); 5515 if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() || 5516 GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) || 5517 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue()) 5518 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5519 5520 // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction. 5521 Value *VarIdx = nullptr; 5522 std::vector<Constant*> Indexes; 5523 unsigned VarIdxNum = 0; 5524 for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 5525 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) { 5526 Indexes.push_back(CI); 5527 } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) { 5528 if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute(); // Multiple non-constant idx's. 5529 VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i); 5530 VarIdxNum = i-2; 5531 Indexes.push_back(nullptr); 5532 } 5533 5534 // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them. 5535 if (!VarIdx) 5536 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5537 5538 // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant. 5539 // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now. 5540 const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx); 5541 Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L); 5542 5543 // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in 5544 // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}. 5545 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx); 5546 if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) || 5547 !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) || 5548 !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1))) 5549 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5550 5551 unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations; 5552 for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) { 5553 ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get( 5554 cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum); 5555 ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this); 5556 5557 // Form the GEP offset. 5558 Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val; 5559 5560 Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(), 5561 Indexes); 5562 if (!Result) break; // Cannot compute! 5563 5564 // Evaluate the condition for this iteration. 5565 Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS); 5566 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break; // Couldn't decide for sure 5567 if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) { 5568 #if 0 5569 dbgs() << "\n***\n*** Computed loop count " << *ItCst 5570 << "\n*** From global " << *GV << "*** BB: " << *L->getHeader() 5571 << "***\n"; 5572 #endif 5573 ++NumArrayLenItCounts; 5574 return getConstant(ItCst); // Found terminating iteration! 5575 } 5576 } 5577 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5578 } 5579 5580 5581 /// CanConstantFold - Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the 5582 /// specified type, assuming that all operands were constants. 5583 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) { 5584 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) || 5585 isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) || 5586 isa<LoadInst>(I)) 5587 return true; 5588 5589 if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) 5590 if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction()) 5591 return canConstantFoldCallTo(F); 5592 return false; 5593 } 5594 5595 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop 5596 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve. 5597 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) { 5598 // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI. 5599 if (!L->contains(I)) return false; 5600 5601 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) { 5602 // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate 5603 // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops. 5604 return L->getHeader() == I->getParent(); 5605 } 5606 5607 // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands 5608 // are constants, bail early. 5609 return CanConstantFold(I); 5610 } 5611 5612 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by 5613 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi. 5614 static PHINode * 5615 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L, 5616 DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap) { 5617 5618 // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are 5619 // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves. 5620 PHINode *PHI = nullptr; 5621 for (Instruction::op_iterator OpI = UseInst->op_begin(), 5622 OpE = UseInst->op_end(); OpI != OpE; ++OpI) { 5623 5624 if (isa<Constant>(*OpI)) continue; 5625 5626 Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*OpI); 5627 if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr; 5628 5629 PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst); 5630 if (!P) 5631 // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result. 5632 // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the 5633 // inconsistent paths meet. 5634 P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst); 5635 if (!P) { 5636 // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not. 5637 // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap. 5638 P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap); 5639 PHIMap[OpInst] = P; 5640 } 5641 if (!P) 5642 return nullptr; // Not evolving from PHI 5643 if (PHI && PHI != P) 5644 return nullptr; // Evolving from multiple different PHIs. 5645 PHI = P; 5646 } 5647 // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI! 5648 return PHI; 5649 } 5650 5651 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node 5652 /// in the loop that V is derived from. We allow arbitrary operations along the 5653 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value 5654 /// derived from a constant PHI. If this expression does not fit with these 5655 /// constraints, return null. 5656 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) { 5657 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 5658 if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr; 5659 5660 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) { 5661 return PN; 5662 } 5663 5664 // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop. 5665 DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap; 5666 return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap); 5667 } 5668 5669 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the 5670 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node 5671 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal. If we can't fold this expression for some 5672 /// reason, return null. 5673 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L, 5674 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals, 5675 const DataLayout &DL, 5676 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { 5677 // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls. 5678 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C; 5679 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); 5680 if (!I) return nullptr; 5681 5682 if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C; 5683 5684 // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we 5685 // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop. 5686 if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr; 5687 5688 // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop, 5689 // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we 5690 // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time. 5691 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr; 5692 5693 std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands()); 5694 5695 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5696 Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)); 5697 if (!Operand) { 5698 Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i)); 5699 if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr; 5700 continue; 5701 } 5702 Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI); 5703 Vals[Operand] = C; 5704 if (!C) return nullptr; 5705 Operands[i] = C; 5706 } 5707 5708 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) 5709 return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0], 5710 Operands[1], DL, TLI); 5711 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 5712 if (!LI->isVolatile()) 5713 return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL); 5714 } 5715 return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), Operands, DL, 5716 TLI); 5717 } 5718 5719 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is 5720 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a 5721 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence 5722 /// involving constants, fold it. 5723 Constant * 5724 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN, 5725 const APInt &BEs, 5726 const Loop *L) { 5727 auto I = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN); 5728 if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end()) 5729 return I->second; 5730 5731 if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations)) 5732 return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr; // Not going to evaluate it. 5733 5734 Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN]; 5735 5736 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals; 5737 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 5738 assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!"); 5739 5740 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); 5741 if (!Latch) 5742 return nullptr; 5743 5744 // Since the loop has one latch, the PHI node must have two entries. One 5745 // entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the 5746 // second must be derived from the same PHI. 5747 5748 BasicBlock *NonLatch = Latch == PN->getIncomingBlock(0) 5749 ? PN->getIncomingBlock(1) 5750 : PN->getIncomingBlock(0); 5751 5752 assert(PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && "Follows from having one latch!"); 5753 5754 // Note: not all PHI nodes in the same block have to have their incoming 5755 // values in the same order, so we use the basic block to look up the incoming 5756 // value, not an index. 5757 5758 for (auto &I : *Header) { 5759 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I); 5760 if (!PHI) break; 5761 auto *StartCST = 5762 dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(NonLatch)); 5763 if (!StartCST) continue; 5764 CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST; 5765 } 5766 if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN)) 5767 return RetVal = nullptr; 5768 5769 Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch); 5770 5771 // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value. 5772 if (BEs.getActiveBits() >= 32) 5773 return RetVal = nullptr; // More than 2^32-1 iterations?? Not doing it! 5774 5775 unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range 5776 unsigned IterationNum = 0; 5777 const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout(); 5778 for (; ; ++IterationNum) { 5779 if (IterationNum == NumIterations) 5780 return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN]; // Got exit value! 5781 5782 // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration. 5783 // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map. 5784 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals; 5785 Constant *NextPHI = 5786 EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI); 5787 if (!NextPHI) 5788 return nullptr; // Couldn't evaluate! 5789 NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI; 5790 5791 bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN]; 5792 5793 // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes. However, we don't get to stop if we 5794 // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving, 5795 // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN. 5796 SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute; 5797 for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) { 5798 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first); 5799 if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue; 5800 PHIsToCompute.emplace_back(PHI, I.second); 5801 } 5802 // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any 5803 // iterators into CurrentIterVals. 5804 for (const auto &I : PHIsToCompute) { 5805 PHINode *PHI = I.first; 5806 Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI]; 5807 if (!NextPHI) { // Not already computed. 5808 Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch); 5809 NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI); 5810 } 5811 if (NextPHI != I.second) 5812 StoppedEvolving = false; 5813 } 5814 5815 // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop 5816 // iterating, the loop can't continue to change. 5817 if (StoppedEvolving) 5818 return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN]; 5819 5820 CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals); 5821 } 5822 } 5823 5824 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L, 5825 Value *Cond, 5826 bool ExitWhen) { 5827 PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L); 5828 if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5829 5830 // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries. 5831 // That's the only form we support here. 5832 if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5833 5834 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals; 5835 BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); 5836 assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!"); 5837 5838 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); 5839 assert(Latch && "Should follow from NumIncomingValues == 2!"); 5840 5841 // NonLatch is the preheader, or something equivalent. 5842 BasicBlock *NonLatch = Latch == PN->getIncomingBlock(0) 5843 ? PN->getIncomingBlock(1) 5844 : PN->getIncomingBlock(0); 5845 5846 // Note: not all PHI nodes in the same block have to have their incoming 5847 // values in the same order, so we use the basic block to look up the incoming 5848 // value, not an index. 5849 5850 for (auto &I : *Header) { 5851 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I); 5852 if (!PHI) 5853 break; 5854 auto *StartCST = 5855 dyn_cast<Constant>(PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(NonLatch)); 5856 if (!StartCST) continue; 5857 CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST; 5858 } 5859 if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN)) 5860 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5861 5862 // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop. Execute 5863 // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of 5864 // "ExitWhen". 5865 unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations; // Limit analysis. 5866 const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout(); 5867 for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){ 5868 auto *CondVal = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>( 5869 EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI)); 5870 5871 // Couldn't symbolically evaluate. 5872 if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute(); 5873 5874 if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) { 5875 ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed; 5876 return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum); 5877 } 5878 5879 // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration. 5880 DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals; 5881 5882 // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before 5883 // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators 5884 // into CurrentIterVals. 5885 SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute; 5886 for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) { 5887 PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first); 5888 if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue; 5889 PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI); 5890 } 5891 for (PHINode *PHI : PHIsToCompute) { 5892 Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI]; 5893 if (NextPHI) continue; // Already computed! 5894 5895 Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch); 5896 NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI); 5897 } 5898 CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals); 5899 } 5900 5901 // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate. 5902 return getCouldNotCompute(); 5903 } 5904 5905 /// getSCEVAtScope - Return a SCEV expression for the specified value 5906 /// at the specified scope in the program. The L value specifies a loop 5907 /// nest to evaluate the expression at, where null is the top-level or a 5908 /// specified loop is immediately inside of the loop. 5909 /// 5910 /// This method can be used to compute the exit value for a variable defined 5911 /// in a loop by querying what the value will hold in the parent loop. 5912 /// 5913 /// In the case that a relevant loop exit value cannot be computed, the 5914 /// original value V is returned. 5915 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 5916 // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before. 5917 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values = ValuesAtScopes[V]; 5918 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Values.size(); u++) { 5919 if (Values[u].first == L) 5920 return Values[u].second ? Values[u].second : V; 5921 } 5922 Values.push_back(std::make_pair(L, static_cast<const SCEV *>(nullptr))); 5923 // Otherwise compute it. 5924 const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L); 5925 SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values2 = ValuesAtScopes[V]; 5926 for (unsigned u = Values2.size(); u > 0; u--) { 5927 if (Values2[u - 1].first == L) { 5928 Values2[u - 1].second = C; 5929 break; 5930 } 5931 } 5932 return C; 5933 } 5934 5935 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface. That way, we 5936 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a 5937 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt. 5938 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant. 5939 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) { 5940 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) { 5941 case scCouldNotCompute: 5942 case scAddRecExpr: 5943 break; 5944 case scConstant: 5945 return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue(); 5946 case scUnknown: 5947 return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue()); 5948 case scSignExtend: { 5949 const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V); 5950 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand())) 5951 return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType()); 5952 break; 5953 } 5954 case scZeroExtend: { 5955 const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V); 5956 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand())) 5957 return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType()); 5958 break; 5959 } 5960 case scTruncate: { 5961 const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V); 5962 if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand())) 5963 return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType()); 5964 break; 5965 } 5966 case scAddExpr: { 5967 const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V); 5968 if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) { 5969 if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) { 5970 unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace(); 5971 Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS); 5972 C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy); 5973 } 5974 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 5975 Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i)); 5976 if (!C2) return nullptr; 5977 5978 // First pointer! 5979 if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 5980 unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); 5981 std::swap(C, C2); 5982 Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS); 5983 // The offsets have been converted to bytes. We can add bytes to an 5984 // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index. 5985 C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy); 5986 } 5987 5988 // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't 5989 // statically compute a load that results from it anyway. 5990 if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) 5991 return nullptr; 5992 5993 if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) { 5994 if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy()) 5995 C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast( 5996 C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true); 5997 C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(PTy->getElementType(), C, C2); 5998 } else 5999 C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2); 6000 } 6001 return C; 6002 } 6003 break; 6004 } 6005 case scMulExpr: { 6006 const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V); 6007 if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) { 6008 // Don't bother with pointers at all. 6009 if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr; 6010 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 6011 Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i)); 6012 if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr; 6013 C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2); 6014 } 6015 return C; 6016 } 6017 break; 6018 } 6019 case scUDivExpr: { 6020 const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V); 6021 if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS())) 6022 if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS())) 6023 if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType()) 6024 return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS); 6025 break; 6026 } 6027 case scSMaxExpr: 6028 case scUMaxExpr: 6029 break; // TODO: smax, umax. 6030 } 6031 return nullptr; 6032 } 6033 6034 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 6035 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V; 6036 6037 // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the 6038 // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs. 6039 if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) { 6040 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) { 6041 const Loop *LI = this->LI[I->getParent()]; 6042 if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L) // Looking for loop exit value. 6043 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 6044 if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) { 6045 // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node. Check 6046 // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken 6047 // count. If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit 6048 // value. 6049 const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI); 6050 if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC = 6051 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) { 6052 // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes. If 6053 // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at 6054 // the specified iteration number. 6055 Constant *RV = getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, 6056 BTCC->getValue()->getValue(), 6057 LI); 6058 if (RV) return getSCEV(RV); 6059 } 6060 } 6061 6062 // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate 6063 // into a SCEV. Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate 6064 // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the 6065 // result. This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values. 6066 if (CanConstantFold(I)) { 6067 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands; 6068 bool MadeImprovement = false; 6069 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 6070 Value *Op = I->getOperand(i); 6071 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) { 6072 Operands.push_back(C); 6073 continue; 6074 } 6075 6076 // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are 6077 // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them 6078 // with scev techniques. 6079 if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType())) 6080 return V; 6081 6082 const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op); 6083 const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L); 6084 MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV; 6085 6086 Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV); 6087 if (!C) return V; 6088 if (C->getType() != Op->getType()) 6089 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false, 6090 Op->getType(), 6091 false), 6092 C, Op->getType()); 6093 Operands.push_back(C); 6094 } 6095 6096 // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement. 6097 if (MadeImprovement) { 6098 Constant *C = nullptr; 6099 const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout(); 6100 if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) 6101 C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0], 6102 Operands[1], DL, &TLI); 6103 else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 6104 if (!LI->isVolatile()) 6105 C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], DL); 6106 } else 6107 C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(), Operands, 6108 DL, &TLI); 6109 if (!C) return V; 6110 return getSCEV(C); 6111 } 6112 } 6113 } 6114 6115 // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it. 6116 return V; 6117 } 6118 6119 if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) { 6120 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified 6121 // expression has no loop-variant portions. 6122 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 6123 const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L); 6124 if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) { 6125 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be 6126 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression. 6127 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(), 6128 Comm->op_begin()+i); 6129 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 6130 6131 for (++i; i != e; ++i) { 6132 OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L); 6133 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 6134 } 6135 if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm)) 6136 return getAddExpr(NewOps); 6137 if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm)) 6138 return getMulExpr(NewOps); 6139 if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm)) 6140 return getSMaxExpr(NewOps); 6141 if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm)) 6142 return getUMaxExpr(NewOps); 6143 llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!"); 6144 } 6145 } 6146 // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant. 6147 return Comm; 6148 } 6149 6150 if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) { 6151 const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L); 6152 const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L); 6153 if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS()) 6154 return Div; // must be loop invariant 6155 return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS); 6156 } 6157 6158 // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we 6159 // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop. 6160 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) { 6161 // First, attempt to evaluate each operand. 6162 // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified 6163 // expression has no loop-variant portions. 6164 for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { 6165 const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L); 6166 if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i)) 6167 continue; 6168 6169 // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be 6170 // foldable. Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression. 6171 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(), 6172 AddRec->op_begin()+i); 6173 NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope); 6174 for (++i; i != e; ++i) 6175 NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L)); 6176 6177 const SCEV *FoldedRec = 6178 getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(), 6179 AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)); 6180 AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec); 6181 // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the 6182 // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go 6183 // ahead and return the folded value. 6184 if (!AddRec) 6185 return FoldedRec; 6186 break; 6187 } 6188 6189 // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the 6190 // loop exit value of the addrec. 6191 if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) { 6192 // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec 6193 // loop iterates. Compute this now. 6194 const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop()); 6195 if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec; 6196 6197 // Then, evaluate the AddRec. 6198 return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this); 6199 } 6200 6201 return AddRec; 6202 } 6203 6204 if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) { 6205 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 6206 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 6207 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 6208 return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 6209 } 6210 6211 if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) { 6212 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 6213 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 6214 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 6215 return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 6216 } 6217 6218 if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) { 6219 const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L); 6220 if (Op == Cast->getOperand()) 6221 return Cast; // must be loop invariant 6222 return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType()); 6223 } 6224 6225 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!"); 6226 } 6227 6228 /// getSCEVAtScope - This is a convenience function which does 6229 /// getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L). 6230 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) { 6231 return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L); 6232 } 6233 6234 /// SolveLinEquationWithOverflow - Finds the minimum unsigned root of the 6235 /// following equation: 6236 /// 6237 /// A * X = B (mod N) 6238 /// 6239 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of 6240 /// A and B isn't important. 6241 /// 6242 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned. 6243 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, 6244 ScalarEvolution &SE) { 6245 uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth(); 6246 assert(BW == B.getBitWidth() && "Bit widths must be the same."); 6247 assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero."); 6248 6249 // 1. D = gcd(A, N) 6250 // 6251 // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of 6252 // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity 6253 uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros(); 6254 // D = 2^Mult2 6255 6256 // 2. Check if B is divisible by D. 6257 // 6258 // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B 6259 // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D. 6260 if (B.countTrailingZeros() < Mult2) 6261 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 6262 6263 // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic 6264 // modulo (N / D). 6265 // 6266 // (N / D) may need BW+1 bits in its representation. Hence, we'll use this 6267 // bit width during computations. 6268 APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1); // AD = A / D 6269 APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0); 6270 Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2); // Mod = N / D 6271 APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod); 6272 6273 // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation: 6274 // I * (B / D) mod (N / D) 6275 APInt Result = (I * B.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1)).urem(Mod); 6276 6277 // The result is guaranteed to be less than 2^BW so we may truncate it to BW 6278 // bits. 6279 return SE.getConstant(Result.trunc(BW)); 6280 } 6281 6282 /// SolveQuadraticEquation - Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the 6283 /// given quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N}. This returns either the two roots (which 6284 /// might be the same) or two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects. 6285 /// 6286 static std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> 6287 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) { 6288 assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!"); 6289 const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0)); 6290 const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1)); 6291 const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2)); 6292 6293 // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants. 6294 if (!LC || !MC || !NC) { 6295 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 6296 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 6297 } 6298 6299 uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getValue()->getValue().getBitWidth(); 6300 const APInt &L = LC->getValue()->getValue(); 6301 const APInt &M = MC->getValue()->getValue(); 6302 const APInt &N = NC->getValue()->getValue(); 6303 APInt Two(BitWidth, 2); 6304 APInt Four(BitWidth, 4); 6305 6306 { 6307 using namespace APIntOps; 6308 const APInt& C = L; 6309 // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C 6310 // The B coefficient is M-N/2 6311 APInt B(M); 6312 B -= sdiv(N,Two); 6313 6314 // The A coefficient is N/2 6315 APInt A(N.sdiv(Two)); 6316 6317 // Compute the B^2-4ac term. 6318 APInt SqrtTerm(B); 6319 SqrtTerm *= B; 6320 SqrtTerm -= Four * (A * C); 6321 6322 if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) { 6323 // The loop is provably infinite. 6324 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 6325 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 6326 } 6327 6328 // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest 6329 // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert. 6330 APInt SqrtVal(SqrtTerm.sqrt()); 6331 6332 // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula. 6333 // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions. 6334 APInt NegB(-B); 6335 APInt TwoA(A << 1); 6336 if (TwoA.isMinValue()) { 6337 const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 6338 return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC); 6339 } 6340 6341 LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext(); 6342 6343 ConstantInt *Solution1 = 6344 ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA)); 6345 ConstantInt *Solution2 = 6346 ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA)); 6347 6348 return std::make_pair(SE.getConstant(Solution1), 6349 SE.getConstant(Solution2)); 6350 } // end APIntOps namespace 6351 } 6352 6353 /// HowFarToZero - Return the number of times a backedge comparing the specified 6354 /// value to zero will execute. If not computable, return CouldNotCompute. 6355 /// 6356 /// This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition is 6357 /// now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is 6358 /// effectively V != 0. We know and take advantage of the fact that this 6359 /// expression only being used in a comparison by zero context. 6360 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 6361 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit) { 6362 // If the value is a constant 6363 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) { 6364 // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times. 6365 if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C; 6366 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely. 6367 } 6368 6369 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V); 6370 if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L) 6371 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6372 6373 // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of 6374 // the quadratic equation to solve it. 6375 if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) { 6376 std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots = 6377 SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this); 6378 const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first); 6379 const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second); 6380 if (R1 && R2) { 6381 #if 0 6382 dbgs() << "HFTZ: " << *V << " - sol#1: " << *R1 6383 << " sol#2: " << *R2 << "\n"; 6384 #endif 6385 // Pick the smallest positive root value. 6386 if (ConstantInt *CB = 6387 dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(CmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 6388 R1->getValue(), 6389 R2->getValue()))) { 6390 if (!CB->getZExtValue()) 6391 std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now. 6392 6393 // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero 6394 // value at this index. When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we 6395 // should not accept a root of 2. 6396 const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this); 6397 if (Val->isZero()) 6398 return R1; // We found a quadratic root! 6399 } 6400 } 6401 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6402 } 6403 6404 // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine. 6405 if (!AddRec->isAffine()) 6406 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6407 6408 // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is 6409 // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation: 6410 // 6411 // Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW) 6412 // 6413 // equivalent to: 6414 // 6415 // Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW) 6416 // 6417 // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step. 6418 6419 // Get the initial value for the loop. 6420 const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop()); 6421 const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop()); 6422 6423 // For now we handle only constant steps. 6424 // 6425 // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the 6426 // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap 6427 // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step. 6428 // We have not yet seen any such cases. 6429 const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step); 6430 if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(0)) 6431 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6432 6433 // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow): 6434 // N = -Start/Step (as unsigned) 6435 // For negative steps (counting down to zero): 6436 // N = Start/-Step 6437 // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step. 6438 bool CountDown = StepC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative(); 6439 const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start); 6440 6441 // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound. 6442 // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so: 6443 // N = Distance (as unsigned) 6444 if (StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(1) || StepC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue()) { 6445 ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(Start); 6446 const SCEV *MaxBECount; 6447 if (!CountDown && CR.getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) 6448 // When counting up, the worst starting value is 1, not 0. 6449 MaxBECount = CR.getUnsignedMax().isMinValue() 6450 ? getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(CR.getBitWidth())) 6451 : getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(CR.getBitWidth())); 6452 else 6453 MaxBECount = getConstant(CountDown ? CR.getUnsignedMax() 6454 : -CR.getUnsignedMin()); 6455 return ExitLimit(Distance, MaxBECount); 6456 } 6457 6458 // As a special case, handle the instance where Step is a positive power of 6459 // two. In this case, determining whether Step divides Distance evenly can be 6460 // done by counting and comparing the number of trailing zeros of Step and 6461 // Distance. 6462 if (!CountDown) { 6463 const APInt &StepV = StepC->getValue()->getValue(); 6464 // StepV.isPowerOf2() returns true if StepV is an positive power of two. It 6465 // also returns true if StepV is maximally negative (eg, INT_MIN), but that 6466 // case is not handled as this code is guarded by !CountDown. 6467 if (StepV.isPowerOf2() && 6468 GetMinTrailingZeros(Distance) >= StepV.countTrailingZeros()) { 6469 // Here we've constrained the equation to be of the form 6470 // 6471 // 2^(N + k) * Distance' = (StepV == 2^N) * X (mod 2^W) ... (0) 6472 // 6473 // where we're operating on a W bit wide integer domain and k is 6474 // non-negative. The smallest unsigned solution for X is the trip count. 6475 // 6476 // (0) is equivalent to: 6477 // 6478 // 2^(N + k) * Distance' - 2^N * X = L * 2^W 6479 // <=> 2^N(2^k * Distance' - X) = L * 2^(W - N) * 2^N 6480 // <=> 2^k * Distance' - X = L * 2^(W - N) 6481 // <=> 2^k * Distance' = L * 2^(W - N) + X ... (1) 6482 // 6483 // The smallest X satisfying (1) is unsigned remainder of dividing the LHS 6484 // by 2^(W - N). 6485 // 6486 // <=> X = 2^k * Distance' URem 2^(W - N) ... (2) 6487 // 6488 // E.g. say we're solving 6489 // 6490 // 2 * Val = 2 * X (in i8) ... (3) 6491 // 6492 // then from (2), we get X = Val URem i8 128 (k = 0 in this case). 6493 // 6494 // Note: It is tempting to solve (3) by setting X = Val, but Val is not 6495 // necessarily the smallest unsigned value of X that satisfies (3). 6496 // E.g. if Val is i8 -127 then the smallest value of X that satisfies (3) 6497 // is i8 1, not i8 -127 6498 6499 const auto *ModuloResult = getUDivExactExpr(Distance, Step); 6500 6501 // Since SCEV does not have a URem node, we construct one using a truncate 6502 // and a zero extend. 6503 6504 unsigned NarrowWidth = StepV.getBitWidth() - StepV.countTrailingZeros(); 6505 auto *NarrowTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), NarrowWidth); 6506 auto *WideTy = Distance->getType(); 6507 6508 return getZeroExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(ModuloResult, NarrowTy), WideTy); 6509 } 6510 } 6511 6512 // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression 6513 // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to 6514 // compute the backedge count. In this case, the step may not divide the 6515 // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop 6516 // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping. 6517 if (ControlsExit && AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW)) { 6518 const SCEV *Exact = 6519 getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step); 6520 return ExitLimit(Exact, Exact); 6521 } 6522 6523 // Then, try to solve the above equation provided that Start is constant. 6524 if (const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start)) 6525 return SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getValue()->getValue(), 6526 -StartC->getValue()->getValue(), 6527 *this); 6528 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6529 } 6530 6531 /// HowFarToNonZero - Return the number of times a backedge checking the 6532 /// specified value for nonzero will execute. If not computable, return 6533 /// CouldNotCompute 6534 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 6535 ScalarEvolution::HowFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) { 6536 // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed. We don't 6537 // handle them yet except for the trivial case. This could be expanded in the 6538 // future as needed. 6539 6540 // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero 6541 // already. If so, the backedge will execute zero times. 6542 if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) { 6543 if (!C->getValue()->isNullValue()) 6544 return getZero(C->getType()); 6545 return getCouldNotCompute(); // Otherwise it will loop infinitely. 6546 } 6547 6548 // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like 6549 // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded. 6550 return getCouldNotCompute(); 6551 } 6552 6553 /// getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB - Return a predecessor of BB 6554 /// (which may not be an immediate predecessor) which has exactly one 6555 /// successor from which BB is reachable, or null if no such block is 6556 /// found. 6557 /// 6558 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> 6559 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) { 6560 // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the 6561 // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge 6562 // from the predecessor to the block. 6563 if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor()) 6564 return std::make_pair(Pred, BB); 6565 6566 // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop. 6567 // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be 6568 // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop. 6569 if (Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(BB)) 6570 return std::make_pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()); 6571 6572 return std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>(); 6573 } 6574 6575 /// HasSameValue - SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for 6576 /// testing whether two expressions are equal, however for the purposes of 6577 /// looking for a condition guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little 6578 /// more general, since a front-end may have replicated the controlling 6579 /// expression. 6580 /// 6581 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) { 6582 // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV. 6583 if (A == B) return true; 6584 6585 auto ComputesEqualValues = [](const Instruction *A, const Instruction *B) { 6586 // Not all instructions that are "identical" compute the same value. For 6587 // instance, two distinct alloca instructions allocating the same type are 6588 // identical and do not read memory; but compute distinct values. 6589 return A->isIdenticalTo(B) && (isa<BinaryOperator>(A) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(A)); 6590 }; 6591 6592 // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold 6593 // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case. 6594 if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A)) 6595 if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B)) 6596 if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue())) 6597 if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue())) 6598 if (ComputesEqualValues(AI, BI)) 6599 return true; 6600 6601 // Otherwise assume they may have a different value. 6602 return false; 6603 } 6604 6605 /// SimplifyICmpOperands - Simplify LHS and RHS in a comparison with 6606 /// predicate Pred. Return true iff any changes were made. 6607 /// 6608 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred, 6609 const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS, 6610 unsigned Depth) { 6611 bool Changed = false; 6612 6613 // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out. 6614 if (Depth >= 3) 6615 return false; 6616 6617 // Canonicalize a constant to the right side. 6618 if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) { 6619 // Check for both operands constant. 6620 if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 6621 if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred, 6622 LHSC->getValue(), 6623 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue()) 6624 goto trivially_false; 6625 else 6626 goto trivially_true; 6627 } 6628 // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right. 6629 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6630 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 6631 Changed = true; 6632 } 6633 6634 // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the 6635 // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check, 6636 // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop. 6637 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) { 6638 const Loop *L = AR->getLoop(); 6639 if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) { 6640 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 6641 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 6642 Changed = true; 6643 } 6644 } 6645 6646 // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary 6647 // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons. 6648 if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 6649 const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue(); 6650 switch (Pred) { 6651 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 6652 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 6653 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 6654 // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b. 6655 if (!RA) 6656 if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) 6657 if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0))) 6658 if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 && 6659 ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) { 6660 RHS = AE->getOperand(1); 6661 LHS = ME->getOperand(1); 6662 Changed = true; 6663 } 6664 break; 6665 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6666 if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) { 6667 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6668 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6669 Changed = true; 6670 break; 6671 } 6672 if (RA.isMaxValue()) { 6673 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6674 Changed = true; 6675 break; 6676 } 6677 if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_true; 6678 6679 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6680 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6681 Changed = true; 6682 break; 6683 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6684 if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) { 6685 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6686 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6687 Changed = true; 6688 break; 6689 } 6690 if (RA.isMinValue()) { 6691 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6692 Changed = true; 6693 break; 6694 } 6695 if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_true; 6696 6697 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6698 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6699 Changed = true; 6700 break; 6701 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6702 if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) { 6703 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6704 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6705 Changed = true; 6706 break; 6707 } 6708 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) { 6709 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6710 Changed = true; 6711 break; 6712 } 6713 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_true; 6714 6715 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6716 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6717 Changed = true; 6718 break; 6719 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6720 if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) { 6721 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6722 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6723 Changed = true; 6724 break; 6725 } 6726 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) { 6727 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6728 Changed = true; 6729 break; 6730 } 6731 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_true; 6732 6733 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6734 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6735 Changed = true; 6736 break; 6737 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6738 if (RA.isMinValue()) { 6739 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6740 Changed = true; 6741 break; 6742 } 6743 if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) { 6744 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6745 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6746 Changed = true; 6747 break; 6748 } 6749 if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_false; 6750 break; 6751 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 6752 if (RA.isMaxValue()) { 6753 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6754 Changed = true; 6755 break; 6756 } 6757 if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) { 6758 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6759 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6760 Changed = true; 6761 break; 6762 } 6763 if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_false; 6764 break; 6765 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6766 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) { 6767 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6768 Changed = true; 6769 break; 6770 } 6771 if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) { 6772 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6773 RHS = getConstant(RA + 1); 6774 Changed = true; 6775 break; 6776 } 6777 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_false; 6778 break; 6779 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 6780 if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) { 6781 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6782 Changed = true; 6783 break; 6784 } 6785 if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) { 6786 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6787 RHS = getConstant(RA - 1); 6788 Changed = true; 6789 break; 6790 } 6791 if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_false; 6792 break; 6793 } 6794 } 6795 6796 // Check for obvious equality. 6797 if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) { 6798 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred)) 6799 goto trivially_true; 6800 if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred)) 6801 goto trivially_false; 6802 } 6803 6804 // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by 6805 // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands. 6806 switch (Pred) { 6807 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 6808 if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) { 6809 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS, 6810 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6811 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6812 Changed = true; 6813 } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) { 6814 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS, 6815 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6816 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; 6817 Changed = true; 6818 } 6819 break; 6820 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6821 if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) { 6822 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS, 6823 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6824 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6825 Changed = true; 6826 } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) { 6827 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS, 6828 SCEV::FlagNSW); 6829 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; 6830 Changed = true; 6831 } 6832 break; 6833 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6834 if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) { 6835 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS, 6836 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6837 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6838 Changed = true; 6839 } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) { 6840 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS, 6841 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6842 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 6843 Changed = true; 6844 } 6845 break; 6846 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6847 if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) { 6848 RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS, 6849 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6850 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6851 Changed = true; 6852 } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) { 6853 LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS, 6854 SCEV::FlagNUW); 6855 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 6856 Changed = true; 6857 } 6858 break; 6859 default: 6860 break; 6861 } 6862 6863 // TODO: More simplifications are possible here. 6864 6865 // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing 6866 // changes. 6867 if (Changed) 6868 return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1); 6869 6870 return Changed; 6871 6872 trivially_true: 6873 // Return 0 == 0. 6874 LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext())); 6875 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; 6876 return true; 6877 6878 trivially_false: 6879 // Return 0 != 0. 6880 LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext())); 6881 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; 6882 return true; 6883 } 6884 6885 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) { 6886 return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isNegative(); 6887 } 6888 6889 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) { 6890 return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isStrictlyPositive(); 6891 } 6892 6893 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) { 6894 return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isNegative(); 6895 } 6896 6897 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) { 6898 return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isStrictlyPositive(); 6899 } 6900 6901 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) { 6902 return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S); 6903 } 6904 6905 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6906 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 6907 // Canonicalize the inputs first. 6908 (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS); 6909 6910 // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in 6911 // every iteration of the loop. 6912 // If LHS and RHS are both addrec, both conditions must be true in 6913 // every iteration of the loop. 6914 const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 6915 const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS); 6916 bool LeftGuarded = false; 6917 bool RightGuarded = false; 6918 if (LAR) { 6919 const Loop *L = LAR->getLoop(); 6920 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getStart(), RHS) && 6921 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS)) { 6922 if (!RAR) return true; 6923 LeftGuarded = true; 6924 } 6925 } 6926 if (RAR) { 6927 const Loop *L = RAR->getLoop(); 6928 if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getStart()) && 6929 isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this))) { 6930 if (!LAR) return true; 6931 RightGuarded = true; 6932 } 6933 } 6934 if (LeftGuarded && RightGuarded) 6935 return true; 6936 6937 if (isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(Pred, LHS, RHS)) 6938 return true; 6939 6940 // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges. 6941 return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS); 6942 } 6943 6944 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicate(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS, 6945 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6946 bool &Increasing) { 6947 bool Result = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(LHS, Pred, Increasing); 6948 6949 #ifndef NDEBUG 6950 // Verify an invariant: inverting the predicate should turn a monotonically 6951 // increasing change to a monotonically decreasing one, and vice versa. 6952 bool IncreasingSwapped; 6953 bool ResultSwapped = isMonotonicPredicateImpl( 6954 LHS, ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), IncreasingSwapped); 6955 6956 assert(Result == ResultSwapped && "should be able to analyze both!"); 6957 if (ResultSwapped) 6958 assert(Increasing == !IncreasingSwapped && 6959 "monotonicity should flip as we flip the predicate"); 6960 #endif 6961 6962 return Result; 6963 } 6964 6965 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicateImpl(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS, 6966 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 6967 bool &Increasing) { 6968 6969 // A zero step value for LHS means the induction variable is essentially a 6970 // loop invariant value. We don't really depend on the predicate actually 6971 // flipping from false to true (for increasing predicates, and the other way 6972 // around for decreasing predicates), all we care about is that *if* the 6973 // predicate changes then it only changes from false to true. 6974 // 6975 // A zero step value in itself is not very useful, but there may be places 6976 // where SCEV can prove X >= 0 but not prove X > 0, so it is helpful to be 6977 // as general as possible. 6978 6979 switch (Pred) { 6980 default: 6981 return false; // Conservative answer 6982 6983 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 6984 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 6985 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 6986 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 6987 if (!LHS->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW)) 6988 return false; 6989 6990 Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE; 6991 return true; 6992 6993 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 6994 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 6995 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 6996 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { 6997 if (!LHS->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW)) 6998 return false; 6999 7000 const SCEV *Step = LHS->getStepRecurrence(*this); 7001 7002 if (isKnownNonNegative(Step)) { 7003 Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE; 7004 return true; 7005 } 7006 7007 if (isKnownNonPositive(Step)) { 7008 Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE; 7009 return true; 7010 } 7011 7012 return false; 7013 } 7014 7015 } 7016 7017 llvm_unreachable("switch has default clause!"); 7018 } 7019 7020 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariantPredicate( 7021 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L, 7022 ICmpInst::Predicate &InvariantPred, const SCEV *&InvariantLHS, 7023 const SCEV *&InvariantRHS) { 7024 7025 // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out. 7026 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) { 7027 if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L)) 7028 return false; 7029 7030 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 7031 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 7032 } 7033 7034 const SCEVAddRecExpr *ArLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 7035 if (!ArLHS || ArLHS->getLoop() != L) 7036 return false; 7037 7038 bool Increasing; 7039 if (!isMonotonicPredicate(ArLHS, Pred, Increasing)) 7040 return false; 7041 7042 // If the predicate "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" monotonically increases from false to 7043 // true as the loop iterates, and the backedge is control dependent on 7044 // "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" == true then we can reason as follows: 7045 // 7046 // * if the predicate was false in the first iteration then the predicate 7047 // is never evaluated again, since the loop exits without taking the 7048 // backedge. 7049 // * if the predicate was true in the first iteration then it will 7050 // continue to be true for all future iterations since it is 7051 // monotonically increasing. 7052 // 7053 // For both the above possibilities, we can replace the loop varying 7054 // predicate with its value on the first iteration of the loop (which is 7055 // loop invariant). 7056 // 7057 // A similar reasoning applies for a monotonically decreasing predicate, by 7058 // replacing true with false and false with true in the above two bullets. 7059 7060 auto P = Increasing ? Pred : ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred); 7061 7062 if (!isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, P, LHS, RHS)) 7063 return false; 7064 7065 InvariantPred = Pred; 7066 InvariantLHS = ArLHS->getStart(); 7067 InvariantRHS = RHS; 7068 return true; 7069 } 7070 7071 bool 7072 ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7073 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 7074 if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) 7075 return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred); 7076 7077 // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from 7078 // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond. 7079 switch (Pred) { 7080 default: 7081 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 7082 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 7083 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 7084 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: { 7085 ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS); 7086 ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS); 7087 if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().slt(RHSRange.getSignedMin())) 7088 return true; 7089 if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sge(RHSRange.getSignedMax())) 7090 return false; 7091 break; 7092 } 7093 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 7094 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 7095 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { 7096 ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS); 7097 ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS); 7098 if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().sle(RHSRange.getSignedMin())) 7099 return true; 7100 if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sgt(RHSRange.getSignedMax())) 7101 return false; 7102 break; 7103 } 7104 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 7105 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 7106 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { 7107 ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS); 7108 ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS); 7109 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ult(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin())) 7110 return true; 7111 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().uge(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax())) 7112 return false; 7113 break; 7114 } 7115 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 7116 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 7117 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: { 7118 ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS); 7119 ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS); 7120 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ule(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin())) 7121 return true; 7122 if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().ugt(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax())) 7123 return false; 7124 break; 7125 } 7126 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: { 7127 if (getUnsignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getUnsignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet()) 7128 return true; 7129 if (getSignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getSignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet()) 7130 return true; 7131 7132 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS); 7133 if (isKnownNonZero(Diff)) 7134 return true; 7135 break; 7136 } 7137 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 7138 // The check at the top of the function catches the case where 7139 // the values are known to be equal. 7140 break; 7141 } 7142 return false; 7143 } 7144 7145 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7146 const SCEV *LHS, 7147 const SCEV *RHS) { 7148 if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || ProvingSplitPredicate) 7149 return false; 7150 7151 // Allowing arbitrary number of activations of isKnownPredicateViaSplitting on 7152 // the stack can result in exponential time complexity. 7153 SaveAndRestore<bool> Restore(ProvingSplitPredicate, true); 7154 7155 // If L >= 0 then I `ult` L <=> I >= 0 && I `slt` L 7156 // 7157 // To prove L >= 0 we use isKnownNonNegative whereas to prove I >= 0 we use 7158 // isKnownPredicate. isKnownPredicate is more powerful, but also more 7159 // expensive; and using isKnownNonNegative(RHS) is sufficient for most of the 7160 // interesting cases seen in practice. We can consider "upgrading" L >= 0 to 7161 // use isKnownPredicate later if needed. 7162 if (isKnownNonNegative(RHS) && 7163 isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, getZero(LHS->getType())) && 7164 isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS)) 7165 return true; 7166 7167 return false; 7168 } 7169 7170 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is 7171 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS. This is used to 7172 /// to eliminate casts. 7173 bool 7174 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L, 7175 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7176 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 7177 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard 7178 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). 7179 if (!L) return true; 7180 7181 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true; 7182 7183 BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); 7184 if (!Latch) 7185 return false; 7186 7187 BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate = 7188 dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator()); 7189 if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() && 7190 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, 7191 LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(), 7192 LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader())) 7193 return true; 7194 7195 // We don't want more than one activation of the following loops on the stack 7196 // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity. 7197 if (WalkingBEDominatingConds) 7198 return false; 7199 7200 SaveAndRestore<bool> ClearOnExit(WalkingBEDominatingConds, true); 7201 7202 // See if we can exploit a trip count to prove the predicate. 7203 const auto &BETakenInfo = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L); 7204 const SCEV *LatchBECount = BETakenInfo.getExact(Latch, this); 7205 if (LatchBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) { 7206 // We know that Latch branches back to the loop header exactly 7207 // LatchBECount times. This means the backdege condition at Latch is 7208 // equivalent to "{0,+,1} u< LatchBECount". 7209 Type *Ty = LatchBECount->getType(); 7210 auto NoWrapFlags = SCEV::NoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNW); 7211 const SCEV *LoopCounter = 7212 getAddRecExpr(getZero(Ty), getOne(Ty), L, NoWrapFlags); 7213 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LoopCounter, 7214 LatchBECount)) 7215 return true; 7216 } 7217 7218 // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics. 7219 for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) { 7220 if (!AssumeVH) 7221 continue; 7222 auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH); 7223 if (!DT.dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator())) 7224 continue; 7225 7226 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false)) 7227 return true; 7228 } 7229 7230 // If the loop is not reachable from the entry block, we risk running into an 7231 // infinite loop as we walk up into the dom tree. These loops do not matter 7232 // anyway, so we just return a conservative answer when we see them. 7233 if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(L->getHeader())) 7234 return false; 7235 7236 for (DomTreeNode *DTN = DT[Latch], *HeaderDTN = DT[L->getHeader()]; 7237 DTN != HeaderDTN; DTN = DTN->getIDom()) { 7238 7239 assert(DTN && "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!"); 7240 7241 BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock(); 7242 BasicBlock *PBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor(); 7243 if (!PBB) 7244 continue; 7245 7246 BranchInst *ContinuePredicate = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator()); 7247 if (!ContinuePredicate || !ContinuePredicate->isConditional()) 7248 continue; 7249 7250 Value *Condition = ContinuePredicate->getCondition(); 7251 7252 // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only 7253 // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge. This 7254 // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch. 7255 7256 BasicBlockEdge DominatingEdge(PBB, BB); 7257 if (DominatingEdge.isSingleEdge()) { 7258 // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the 7259 // loop body that dominate the latch. The dominator tree better agree 7260 // with us on this: 7261 assert(DT.dominates(DominatingEdge, Latch) && "should be!"); 7262 7263 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, 7264 BB != ContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0))) 7265 return true; 7266 } 7267 } 7268 7269 return false; 7270 } 7271 7272 /// isLoopEntryGuardedByCond - Test whether entry to the loop is protected 7273 /// by a conditional between LHS and RHS. This is used to help avoid max 7274 /// expressions in loop trip counts, and to eliminate casts. 7275 bool 7276 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L, 7277 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7278 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 7279 // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard 7280 // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). 7281 if (!L) return false; 7282 7283 if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS)) return true; 7284 7285 // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long 7286 // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors 7287 // leading to the original header. 7288 for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> 7289 Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()); 7290 Pair.first; 7291 Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) { 7292 7293 BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate = 7294 dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator()); 7295 if (!LoopEntryPredicate || 7296 LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional()) 7297 continue; 7298 7299 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, 7300 LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(), 7301 LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second)) 7302 return true; 7303 } 7304 7305 // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics. 7306 for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) { 7307 if (!AssumeVH) 7308 continue; 7309 auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH); 7310 if (!DT.dominates(CI, L->getHeader())) 7311 continue; 7312 7313 if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false)) 7314 return true; 7315 } 7316 7317 return false; 7318 } 7319 7320 /// RAII wrapper to prevent recursive application of isImpliedCond. 7321 /// ScalarEvolution's PendingLoopPredicates set must be empty unless we are 7322 /// currently evaluating isImpliedCond. 7323 struct MarkPendingLoopPredicate { 7324 Value *Cond; 7325 DenseSet<Value*> &LoopPreds; 7326 bool Pending; 7327 7328 MarkPendingLoopPredicate(Value *C, DenseSet<Value*> &LP) 7329 : Cond(C), LoopPreds(LP) { 7330 Pending = !LoopPreds.insert(Cond).second; 7331 } 7332 ~MarkPendingLoopPredicate() { 7333 if (!Pending) 7334 LoopPreds.erase(Cond); 7335 } 7336 }; 7337 7338 /// isImpliedCond - Test whether the condition described by Pred, LHS, 7339 /// and RHS is true whenever the given Cond value evaluates to true. 7340 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7341 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 7342 Value *FoundCondValue, 7343 bool Inverse) { 7344 MarkPendingLoopPredicate Mark(FoundCondValue, PendingLoopPredicates); 7345 if (Mark.Pending) 7346 return false; 7347 7348 // Recursively handle And and Or conditions. 7349 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) { 7350 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { 7351 if (!Inverse) 7352 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) || 7353 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse); 7354 } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { 7355 if (Inverse) 7356 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) || 7357 isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse); 7358 } 7359 } 7360 7361 ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue); 7362 if (!ICI) return false; 7363 7364 // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls 7365 // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for. 7366 ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred; 7367 if (Inverse) 7368 FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate(); 7369 else 7370 FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate(); 7371 7372 const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0)); 7373 const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1)); 7374 7375 return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 7376 } 7377 7378 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, 7379 const SCEV *RHS, 7380 ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred, 7381 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 7382 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 7383 // Balance the types. 7384 if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) < 7385 getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) { 7386 if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) { 7387 LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType()); 7388 RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType()); 7389 } else { 7390 LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType()); 7391 RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType()); 7392 } 7393 } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > 7394 getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) { 7395 if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) { 7396 FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType()); 7397 FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType()); 7398 } else { 7399 FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType()); 7400 FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType()); 7401 } 7402 } 7403 7404 // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have 7405 // canonicalized the comparison. 7406 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS)) 7407 if (LHS == RHS) 7408 return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred); 7409 if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 7410 if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS) 7411 return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred); 7412 7413 // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match. 7414 if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) { 7415 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) { 7416 std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 7417 FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred); 7418 } else { 7419 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 7420 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred); 7421 } 7422 } 7423 7424 // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate. 7425 if (FoundPred == Pred) 7426 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 7427 7428 // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the 7429 // desired predicate. 7430 if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) { 7431 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) 7432 return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS); 7433 else 7434 return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), 7435 RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS); 7436 } 7437 7438 // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges. 7439 if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && 7440 (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) { 7441 7442 const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr; 7443 const SCEV *V = nullptr; 7444 7445 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) { 7446 C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS); 7447 V = FoundRHS; 7448 } else { 7449 C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS); 7450 V = FoundLHS; 7451 } 7452 7453 // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range 7454 // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t). The 7455 // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the 7456 // predicate we're interested in folding. 7457 7458 APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ? 7459 getSignedRange(V).getSignedMin() : getUnsignedRange(V).getUnsignedMin(); 7460 7461 if (Min == C->getValue()->getValue()) { 7462 // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1). 7463 // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of 7464 // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)). 7465 7466 APInt SharperMin = Min + 1; 7467 7468 switch (Pred) { 7469 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 7470 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 7471 // We know V `Pred` SharperMin. If this implies LHS `Pred` 7472 // RHS, we're done. 7473 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, 7474 getConstant(SharperMin))) 7475 return true; 7476 7477 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 7478 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 7479 // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min || 7480 // V == Min). We know from the guarding condition that !(V 7481 // == Min). This gives us 7482 // 7483 // V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min) 7484 // => V `Pred` Min 7485 // 7486 // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done. 7487 7488 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min))) 7489 return true; 7490 7491 default: 7492 // No change 7493 break; 7494 } 7495 } 7496 } 7497 7498 // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient. 7499 if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) 7500 if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred)) 7501 if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 7502 return true; 7503 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) 7504 if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred)) 7505 if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 7506 return true; 7507 7508 // Otherwise assume the worst. 7509 return false; 7510 } 7511 7512 // Return true if More == (Less + C), where C is a constant. 7513 static bool IsConstDiff(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Less, const SCEV *More, 7514 APInt &C) { 7515 // We avoid subtracting expressions here because this function is usually 7516 // fairly deep in the call stack (i.e. is called many times). 7517 7518 auto SplitBinaryAdd = [](const SCEV *Expr, const SCEV *&L, const SCEV *&R) { 7519 const auto *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr); 7520 if (!AE || AE->getNumOperands() != 2) 7521 return false; 7522 7523 L = AE->getOperand(0); 7524 R = AE->getOperand(1); 7525 return true; 7526 }; 7527 7528 if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less) && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More)) { 7529 const auto *LAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less); 7530 const auto *MAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More); 7531 7532 if (LAR->getLoop() != MAR->getLoop()) 7533 return false; 7534 7535 // We look at affine expressions only; not for correctness but to keep 7536 // getStepRecurrence cheap. 7537 if (!LAR->isAffine() || !MAR->isAffine()) 7538 return false; 7539 7540 if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(SE) != MAR->getStepRecurrence(SE)) 7541 return false; 7542 7543 Less = LAR->getStart(); 7544 More = MAR->getStart(); 7545 7546 // fall through 7547 } 7548 7549 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Less) && isa<SCEVConstant>(More)) { 7550 const auto &M = cast<SCEVConstant>(More)->getValue()->getValue(); 7551 const auto &L = cast<SCEVConstant>(Less)->getValue()->getValue(); 7552 C = M - L; 7553 return true; 7554 } 7555 7556 const SCEV *L, *R; 7557 if (SplitBinaryAdd(Less, L, R)) 7558 if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L)) 7559 if (R == More) { 7560 C = -(LC->getValue()->getValue()); 7561 return true; 7562 } 7563 7564 if (SplitBinaryAdd(More, L, R)) 7565 if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L)) 7566 if (R == Less) { 7567 C = LC->getValue()->getValue(); 7568 return true; 7569 } 7570 7571 return false; 7572 } 7573 7574 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow( 7575 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 7576 const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 7577 if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) 7578 return false; 7579 7580 const auto *AddRecLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 7581 if (!AddRecLHS) 7582 return false; 7583 7584 const auto *AddRecFoundLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS); 7585 if (!AddRecFoundLHS) 7586 return false; 7587 7588 // We'd like to let SCEV reason about control dependencies, so we constrain 7589 // both the inequalities to be about add recurrences on the same loop. This 7590 // way we can use isLoopEntryGuardedByCond later. 7591 7592 const Loop *L = AddRecFoundLHS->getLoop(); 7593 if (L != AddRecLHS->getLoop()) 7594 return false; 7595 7596 // FoundLHS u< FoundRHS u< -C => (FoundLHS + C) u< (FoundRHS + C) ... (1) 7597 // 7598 // FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C => (FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + C) 7599 // ... (2) 7600 // 7601 // Informal proof for (2), assuming (1) [*]: 7602 // 7603 // We'll also assume (A s< B) <=> ((A + INT_MIN) u< (B + INT_MIN)) ... (3)[**] 7604 // 7605 // Then 7606 // 7607 // FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C 7608 // <=> (FoundLHS + INT_MIN) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN) u< -C [ using (3) ] 7609 // <=> (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C) [ using (1) ] 7610 // <=> (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) s< 7611 // (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) [ using (3) ] 7612 // <=> FoundLHS + C s< FoundRHS + C 7613 // 7614 // [*]: (1) can be proved by ruling out overflow. 7615 // 7616 // [**]: This can be proved by analyzing all the four possibilities: 7617 // (A s< 0, B s< 0), (A s< 0, B s>= 0), (A s>= 0, B s< 0) and 7618 // (A s>= 0, B s>= 0). 7619 // 7620 // Note: 7621 // Despite (2), "FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C" does not mean that "FoundRHS + C" 7622 // will not sign underflow. For instance, say FoundLHS = (i8 -128), FoundRHS 7623 // = (i8 -127) and C = (i8 -100). Then INT_MIN - C = (i8 -28), and FoundRHS 7624 // s< (INT_MIN - C). Lack of sign overflow / underflow in "FoundRHS + C" is 7625 // neither necessary nor sufficient to prove "(FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + 7626 // C)". 7627 7628 APInt LDiff, RDiff; 7629 if (!IsConstDiff(*this, FoundLHS, LHS, LDiff) || 7630 !IsConstDiff(*this, FoundRHS, RHS, RDiff) || 7631 LDiff != RDiff) 7632 return false; 7633 7634 if (LDiff == 0) 7635 return true; 7636 7637 APInt FoundRHSLimit; 7638 7639 if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) { 7640 FoundRHSLimit = -RDiff; 7641 } else { 7642 assert(Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && "Checked above!"); 7643 FoundRHSLimit = APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) - RDiff; 7644 } 7645 7646 // Try to prove (1) or (2), as needed. 7647 return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, FoundRHS, 7648 getConstant(FoundRHSLimit)); 7649 } 7650 7651 /// isImpliedCondOperands - Test whether the condition described by Pred, 7652 /// LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, FoundLHS, 7653 /// and FoundRHS is true. 7654 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7655 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 7656 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 7657 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 7658 if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 7659 return true; 7660 7661 if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)) 7662 return true; 7663 7664 return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS, 7665 FoundLHS, FoundRHS) || 7666 // ~x < ~y --> x > y 7667 isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS, 7668 getNotSCEV(FoundRHS), 7669 getNotSCEV(FoundLHS)); 7670 } 7671 7672 7673 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr 7674 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) { 7675 const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr); 7676 if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr; 7677 7678 const SCEVConstant *AddLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0)); 7679 if (!(AddLHS && AddLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue())) 7680 return nullptr; 7681 7682 const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1)); 7683 if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2) return nullptr; 7684 7685 const SCEVConstant *MulLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRHS->getOperand(0)); 7686 if (!(MulLHS && MulLHS->getValue()->getValue().isAllOnesValue())) 7687 return nullptr; 7688 7689 return AddRHS->getOperand(1); 7690 } 7691 7692 7693 /// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values? 7694 template<typename MaxExprType> 7695 static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr, 7696 const SCEV *Candidate) { 7697 const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr); 7698 if (!MaxExpr) return false; 7699 7700 auto It = std::find(MaxExpr->op_begin(), MaxExpr->op_end(), Candidate); 7701 return It != MaxExpr->op_end(); 7702 } 7703 7704 7705 /// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values? 7706 template<typename MaxExprType> 7707 static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE, 7708 const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr, 7709 const SCEV *Candidate) { 7710 const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr); 7711 if (!MaybeMaxExpr) 7712 return false; 7713 7714 return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate)); 7715 } 7716 7717 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(ScalarEvolution &SE, 7718 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7719 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 7720 7721 // If both sides are affine addrecs for the same loop, with equal 7722 // steps, and we know the recurrences don't wrap, then we only 7723 // need to check the predicate on the starting values. 7724 7725 if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred)) 7726 return false; 7727 7728 const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 7729 if (!LAR) 7730 return false; 7731 const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS); 7732 if (!RAR) 7733 return false; 7734 if (LAR->getLoop() != RAR->getLoop()) 7735 return false; 7736 if (!LAR->isAffine() || !RAR->isAffine()) 7737 return false; 7738 7739 if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(SE) != RAR->getStepRecurrence(SE)) 7740 return false; 7741 7742 SCEV::NoWrapFlags NW = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ? 7743 SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW; 7744 if (!LAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW) || !RAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW)) 7745 return false; 7746 7747 return SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, LAR->getStart(), RAR->getStart()); 7748 } 7749 7750 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max 7751 /// expression? 7752 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE, 7753 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7754 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 7755 switch (Pred) { 7756 default: 7757 return false; 7758 7759 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 7760 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 7761 // fall through 7762 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 7763 return 7764 // min(A, ...) <= A 7765 IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) || 7766 // A <= max(A, ...) 7767 IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS); 7768 7769 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 7770 std::swap(LHS, RHS); 7771 // fall through 7772 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 7773 return 7774 // min(A, ...) <= A 7775 IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) || 7776 // A <= max(A, ...) 7777 IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS); 7778 } 7779 7780 llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!"); 7781 } 7782 7783 /// isImpliedCondOperandsHelper - Test whether the condition described by 7784 /// Pred, LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, 7785 /// FoundLHS, and FoundRHS is true. 7786 bool 7787 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7788 const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 7789 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 7790 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 7791 auto IsKnownPredicateFull = 7792 [this](ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 7793 return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) || 7794 IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) || 7795 IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS); 7796 }; 7797 7798 switch (Pred) { 7799 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!"); 7800 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: 7801 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: 7802 if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS)) 7803 return true; 7804 break; 7805 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: 7806 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: 7807 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 7808 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 7809 return true; 7810 break; 7811 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: 7812 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: 7813 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 7814 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 7815 return true; 7816 break; 7817 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: 7818 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: 7819 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 7820 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 7821 return true; 7822 break; 7823 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: 7824 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: 7825 if (IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) && 7826 IsKnownPredicateFull(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS)) 7827 return true; 7828 break; 7829 } 7830 7831 return false; 7832 } 7833 7834 /// isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges - helper function for isImpliedCondOperands. 7835 /// Tries to get cases like "X `sgt` 0 => X - 1 `sgt` -1". 7836 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, 7837 const SCEV *LHS, 7838 const SCEV *RHS, 7839 const SCEV *FoundLHS, 7840 const SCEV *FoundRHS) { 7841 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) || !isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)) 7842 // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to 7843 // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization. 7844 return false; 7845 7846 const SCEVAddExpr *AddLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS); 7847 if (!AddLHS || AddLHS->getOperand(1) != FoundLHS || 7848 !isa<SCEVConstant>(AddLHS->getOperand(0))) 7849 return false; 7850 7851 APInt ConstFoundRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)->getValue()->getValue(); 7852 7853 // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the 7854 // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `Pred` `FoundRHS`". 7855 ConstantRange FoundLHSRange = 7856 ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(Pred, ConstFoundRHS); 7857 7858 // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `AddLHS->getOperand(0)`, we can compute a range 7859 // for `LHS`: 7860 APInt Addend = 7861 cast<SCEVConstant>(AddLHS->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue(); 7862 ConstantRange LHSRange = FoundLHSRange.add(ConstantRange(Addend)); 7863 7864 // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the 7865 // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`": 7866 APInt ConstRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getValue()->getValue(); 7867 ConstantRange SatisfyingLHSRange = 7868 ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, ConstRHS); 7869 7870 // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that 7871 // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent. 7872 return SatisfyingLHSRange.contains(LHSRange); 7873 } 7874 7875 // Verify if an linear IV with positive stride can overflow when in a 7876 // less-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, the 7877 // stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence. 7878 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride, 7879 bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) { 7880 if (NoWrap) return false; 7881 7882 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()); 7883 const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType()); 7884 7885 if (IsSigned) { 7886 APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(); 7887 APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); 7888 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7889 .getSignedMax(); 7890 7891 // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow! 7892 return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS); 7893 } 7894 7895 APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(); 7896 APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth); 7897 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7898 .getUnsignedMax(); 7899 7900 // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow! 7901 return (MaxValue - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS); 7902 } 7903 7904 // Verify if an linear IV with negative stride can overflow when in a 7905 // greater-than comparison, knowing the invariant term of the comparison, 7906 // the stride and the knowledge of NSW/NUW flags on the recurrence. 7907 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride, 7908 bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) { 7909 if (NoWrap) return false; 7910 7911 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()); 7912 const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType()); 7913 7914 if (IsSigned) { 7915 APInt MinRHS = getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(); 7916 APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth); 7917 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7918 .getSignedMax(); 7919 7920 // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow! 7921 return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS); 7922 } 7923 7924 APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(); 7925 APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth); 7926 APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) 7927 .getUnsignedMax(); 7928 7929 // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow! 7930 return (MinValue + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS); 7931 } 7932 7933 // Compute the backedge taken count knowing the interval difference, the 7934 // stride and presence of the equality in the comparison. 7935 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step, 7936 bool Equality) { 7937 const SCEV *One = getOne(Step->getType()); 7938 Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step) 7939 : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One)); 7940 return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step); 7941 } 7942 7943 /// HowManyLessThans - Return the number of times a backedge containing the 7944 /// specified less-than comparison will execute. If not computable, return 7945 /// CouldNotCompute. 7946 /// 7947 /// @param ControlsExit is true when the LHS < RHS condition directly controls 7948 /// the branch (loops exits only if condition is true). In this case, we can use 7949 /// NoWrapFlags to skip overflow checks. 7950 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 7951 ScalarEvolution::HowManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 7952 const Loop *L, bool IsSigned, 7953 bool ControlsExit) { 7954 // We handle only IV < Invariant 7955 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) 7956 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7957 7958 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 7959 7960 // Avoid weird loops 7961 if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine()) 7962 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7963 7964 bool NoWrap = ControlsExit && 7965 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW); 7966 7967 const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this); 7968 7969 // Avoid negative or zero stride values 7970 if (!isKnownPositive(Stride)) 7971 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7972 7973 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count 7974 // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions 7975 // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined 7976 // behaviors like the case of C language. 7977 if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap)) 7978 return getCouldNotCompute(); 7979 7980 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT 7981 : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT; 7982 const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart(); 7983 const SCEV *End = RHS; 7984 if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS)) { 7985 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start); 7986 // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't 7987 // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to 7988 // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically 7989 if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) { 7990 APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue(); 7991 if (D.isNegative()) 7992 End = Start; 7993 } else 7994 End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) 7995 : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start); 7996 } 7997 7998 const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false); 7999 8000 APInt MinStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMin() 8001 : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMin(); 8002 8003 APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin() 8004 : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin(); 8005 8006 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()); 8007 APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1) 8008 : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - (MinStride - 1); 8009 8010 // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only 8011 // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (End - Start) 8012 // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count. 8013 APInt MaxEnd = 8014 IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax(), Limit) 8015 : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax(), Limit); 8016 8017 const SCEV *MaxBECount; 8018 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) 8019 MaxBECount = BECount; 8020 else 8021 MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart), 8022 getConstant(MinStride), false); 8023 8024 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) 8025 MaxBECount = BECount; 8026 8027 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 8028 } 8029 8030 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit 8031 ScalarEvolution::HowManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, 8032 const Loop *L, bool IsSigned, 8033 bool ControlsExit) { 8034 // We handle only IV > Invariant 8035 if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) 8036 return getCouldNotCompute(); 8037 8038 const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS); 8039 8040 // Avoid weird loops 8041 if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine()) 8042 return getCouldNotCompute(); 8043 8044 bool NoWrap = ControlsExit && 8045 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW); 8046 8047 const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this)); 8048 8049 // Avoid negative or zero stride values 8050 if (!isKnownPositive(Stride)) 8051 return getCouldNotCompute(); 8052 8053 // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count 8054 // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions 8055 // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined 8056 // behaviors like the case of C language. 8057 if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap)) 8058 return getCouldNotCompute(); 8059 8060 ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT 8061 : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT; 8062 8063 const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart(); 8064 const SCEV *End = RHS; 8065 if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS)) { 8066 const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start); 8067 // If we have NoWrap set, then we can assume that the increment won't 8068 // overflow, in which case if RHS - Start is a constant, we don't need to 8069 // do a max operation since we can just figure it out statically 8070 if (NoWrap && isa<SCEVConstant>(Diff)) { 8071 APInt D = dyn_cast<const SCEVConstant>(Diff)->getValue()->getValue(); 8072 if (!D.isNegative()) 8073 End = Start; 8074 } else 8075 End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) 8076 : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start); 8077 } 8078 8079 const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false); 8080 8081 APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMax() 8082 : getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMax(); 8083 8084 APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(Stride).getSignedMin() 8085 : getUnsignedRange(Stride).getUnsignedMin(); 8086 8087 unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()); 8088 APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1) 8089 : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1); 8090 8091 // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only 8092 // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End) 8093 // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count. 8094 APInt MinEnd = 8095 IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin(), Limit) 8096 : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin(), Limit); 8097 8098 8099 const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute(); 8100 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) 8101 MaxBECount = BECount; 8102 else 8103 MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd), 8104 getConstant(MinStride), false); 8105 8106 if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) 8107 MaxBECount = BECount; 8108 8109 return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount); 8110 } 8111 8112 /// getNumIterationsInRange - Return the number of iterations of this loop that 8113 /// produce values in the specified constant range. Another way of looking at 8114 /// this is that it returns the first iteration number where the value is not in 8115 /// the condition, thus computing the exit count. If the iteration count can't 8116 /// be computed, an instance of SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned. 8117 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(ConstantRange Range, 8118 ScalarEvolution &SE) const { 8119 if (Range.isFullSet()) // Infinite loop. 8120 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 8121 8122 // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things. 8123 if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart())) 8124 if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) { 8125 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end()); 8126 Operands[0] = SE.getZero(SC->getType()); 8127 const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(), 8128 getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW)); 8129 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *ShiftedAddRec = 8130 dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted)) 8131 return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange( 8132 Range.subtract(SC->getValue()->getValue()), SE); 8133 // This is strange and shouldn't happen. 8134 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 8135 } 8136 8137 // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices. 8138 // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions. 8139 for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) 8140 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(i))) 8141 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 8142 8143 8144 // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and 8145 // that the start element is zero. 8146 8147 // First check to see if the range contains zero. If not, the first 8148 // iteration exits. 8149 unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType()); 8150 if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0))) 8151 return SE.getZero(getType()); 8152 8153 if (isAffine()) { 8154 // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation: 8155 // Solve {0,+,A} in Range === Ax in Range 8156 8157 // We know that zero is in the range. If A is positive then we know that 8158 // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value. 8159 // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop 8160 // value. Also note that we already checked for a full range. 8161 APInt One(BitWidth,1); 8162 APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getValue()->getValue(); 8163 APInt End = A.sge(One) ? (Range.getUpper() - One) : Range.getLower(); 8164 8165 // The exit value should be (End+A)/A. 8166 APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A); 8167 ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal); 8168 8169 // Evaluate at the exit value. If we really did fall out of the valid 8170 // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other 8171 // things must have happened. 8172 ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE); 8173 if (Range.contains(Val->getValue())) 8174 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 8175 8176 // Ensure that the previous value is in the range. This is a sanity check. 8177 assert(Range.contains( 8178 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, 8179 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - One), SE)->getValue()) && 8180 "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!"); 8181 return SE.getConstant(ExitValue); 8182 } else if (isQuadratic()) { 8183 // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the 8184 // quadratic equation to solve it. To do this, we must frame our problem in 8185 // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when 8186 // Range.getUpper() is crossed. 8187 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end()); 8188 NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper())); 8189 const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(), 8190 // getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW) 8191 FlagAnyWrap); 8192 8193 // Next, solve the constructed addrec 8194 std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots = 8195 SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE); 8196 const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first); 8197 const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second); 8198 if (R1) { 8199 // Pick the smallest positive root value. 8200 if (ConstantInt *CB = 8201 dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, 8202 R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) { 8203 if (!CB->getZExtValue()) 8204 std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now. 8205 8206 // Make sure the root is not off by one. The returned iteration should 8207 // not be in the range, but the previous one should be. When solving 8208 // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2. 8209 ConstantInt *R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, 8210 R1->getValue(), 8211 SE); 8212 if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) { 8213 // The next iteration must be out of the range... 8214 ConstantInt *NextVal = 8215 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()+1); 8216 8217 R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE); 8218 if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) 8219 return SE.getConstant(NextVal); 8220 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 8221 } 8222 8223 // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value. Make 8224 // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case. 8225 ConstantInt *NextVal = 8226 ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()-1); 8227 R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE); 8228 if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) 8229 return R1; 8230 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened 8231 } 8232 } 8233 } 8234 8235 return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); 8236 } 8237 8238 namespace { 8239 struct FindUndefs { 8240 bool Found; 8241 FindUndefs() : Found(false) {} 8242 8243 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 8244 if (const SCEVUnknown *C = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 8245 if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue())) 8246 Found = true; 8247 } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) { 8248 if (isa<UndefValue>(C->getValue())) 8249 Found = true; 8250 } 8251 8252 // Keep looking if we haven't found it yet. 8253 return !Found; 8254 } 8255 bool isDone() const { 8256 // Stop recursion if we have found an undef. 8257 return Found; 8258 } 8259 }; 8260 } 8261 8262 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value. 8263 static inline bool 8264 containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) { 8265 FindUndefs F; 8266 SCEVTraversal<FindUndefs> ST(F); 8267 ST.visitAll(S); 8268 8269 return F.Found; 8270 } 8271 8272 namespace { 8273 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions. 8274 struct SCEVCollectStrides { 8275 ScalarEvolution &SE; 8276 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides; 8277 8278 SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S) 8279 : SE(SE), Strides(S) {} 8280 8281 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 8282 if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) 8283 Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)); 8284 return true; 8285 } 8286 bool isDone() const { return false; } 8287 }; 8288 8289 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions. 8290 struct SCEVCollectTerms { 8291 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms; 8292 8293 SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T) 8294 : Terms(T) {} 8295 8296 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 8297 if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) { 8298 if (!containsUndefs(S)) 8299 Terms.push_back(S); 8300 8301 // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands. 8302 return false; 8303 } 8304 8305 // Keep looking. 8306 return true; 8307 } 8308 bool isDone() const { return false; } 8309 }; 8310 } 8311 8312 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr. 8313 void ScalarEvolution::collectParametricTerms(const SCEV *Expr, 8314 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) { 8315 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides; 8316 SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(*this, Strides); 8317 visitAll(Expr, StrideCollector); 8318 8319 DEBUG({ 8320 dbgs() << "Strides:\n"; 8321 for (const SCEV *S : Strides) 8322 dbgs() << *S << "\n"; 8323 }); 8324 8325 for (const SCEV *S : Strides) { 8326 SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms); 8327 visitAll(S, TermCollector); 8328 } 8329 8330 DEBUG({ 8331 dbgs() << "Terms:\n"; 8332 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 8333 dbgs() << *T << "\n"; 8334 }); 8335 } 8336 8337 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE, 8338 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms, 8339 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) { 8340 int Last = Terms.size() - 1; 8341 const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last]; 8342 8343 // End of recursion. 8344 if (Last == 0) { 8345 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) { 8346 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs; 8347 for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands()) 8348 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 8349 Qs.push_back(Op); 8350 8351 Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs); 8352 } 8353 8354 Sizes.push_back(Step); 8355 return true; 8356 } 8357 8358 for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) { 8359 // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec. 8360 const SCEV *Q, *R; 8361 SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R); 8362 8363 // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms. 8364 if (!R->isZero()) 8365 return false; 8366 8367 Term = Q; 8368 } 8369 8370 // Remove all SCEVConstants. 8371 Terms.erase(std::remove_if(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *E) { 8372 return isa<SCEVConstant>(E); 8373 }), 8374 Terms.end()); 8375 8376 if (Terms.size() > 0) 8377 if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes)) 8378 return false; 8379 8380 Sizes.push_back(Step); 8381 return true; 8382 } 8383 8384 namespace { 8385 struct FindParameter { 8386 bool FoundParameter; 8387 FindParameter() : FoundParameter(false) {} 8388 8389 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 8390 if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S)) { 8391 FoundParameter = true; 8392 // Stop recursion: we found a parameter. 8393 return false; 8394 } 8395 // Keep looking. 8396 return true; 8397 } 8398 bool isDone() const { 8399 // Stop recursion if we have found a parameter. 8400 return FoundParameter; 8401 } 8402 }; 8403 } 8404 8405 // Returns true when S contains at least a SCEVUnknown parameter. 8406 static inline bool 8407 containsParameters(const SCEV *S) { 8408 FindParameter F; 8409 SCEVTraversal<FindParameter> ST(F); 8410 ST.visitAll(S); 8411 8412 return F.FoundParameter; 8413 } 8414 8415 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter. 8416 static inline bool 8417 containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) { 8418 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 8419 if (containsParameters(T)) 8420 return true; 8421 return false; 8422 } 8423 8424 // Return the number of product terms in S. 8425 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) { 8426 if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) 8427 return Expr->getNumOperands(); 8428 return 1; 8429 } 8430 8431 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) { 8432 if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T)) 8433 return nullptr; 8434 8435 if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T)) 8436 return T; 8437 8438 if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) { 8439 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors; 8440 for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands()) 8441 if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op)) 8442 Factors.push_back(Op); 8443 8444 return SE.getMulExpr(Factors); 8445 } 8446 8447 return T; 8448 } 8449 8450 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst. 8451 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) { 8452 Type *Ty; 8453 if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) 8454 Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType(); 8455 else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst)) 8456 Ty = Load->getType(); 8457 else 8458 return nullptr; 8459 8460 Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty)); 8461 return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty); 8462 } 8463 8464 /// Second step of delinearization: compute the array dimensions Sizes from the 8465 /// set of Terms extracted from the memory access function of this SCEVAddRec. 8466 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms, 8467 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes, 8468 const SCEV *ElementSize) const { 8469 8470 if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize) 8471 return; 8472 8473 // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize 8474 // non parametric SCEVs. 8475 if (!containsParameters(Terms)) 8476 return; 8477 8478 DEBUG({ 8479 dbgs() << "Terms:\n"; 8480 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 8481 dbgs() << *T << "\n"; 8482 }); 8483 8484 // Remove duplicates. 8485 std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()); 8486 Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end()); 8487 8488 // Put larger terms first. 8489 std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) { 8490 return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS); 8491 }); 8492 8493 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 8494 8495 // Divide all terms by the element size. 8496 for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) { 8497 const SCEV *Q, *R; 8498 SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R); 8499 Term = Q; 8500 } 8501 8502 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms; 8503 8504 // Remove constant factors. 8505 for (const SCEV *T : Terms) 8506 if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(SE, T)) 8507 NewTerms.push_back(NewT); 8508 8509 DEBUG({ 8510 dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n"; 8511 for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms) 8512 dbgs() << *T << "\n"; 8513 }); 8514 8515 if (NewTerms.empty() || 8516 !findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, NewTerms, Sizes)) { 8517 Sizes.clear(); 8518 return; 8519 } 8520 8521 // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element. 8522 Sizes.push_back(ElementSize); 8523 8524 DEBUG({ 8525 dbgs() << "Sizes:\n"; 8526 for (const SCEV *S : Sizes) 8527 dbgs() << *S << "\n"; 8528 }); 8529 } 8530 8531 /// Third step of delinearization: compute the access functions for the 8532 /// Subscripts based on the dimensions in Sizes. 8533 void ScalarEvolution::computeAccessFunctions( 8534 const SCEV *Expr, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts, 8535 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) { 8536 8537 // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function. 8538 if (Sizes.empty()) 8539 return; 8540 8541 if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr)) 8542 if (!AR->isAffine()) 8543 return; 8544 8545 const SCEV *Res = Expr; 8546 int Last = Sizes.size() - 1; 8547 for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) { 8548 const SCEV *Q, *R; 8549 SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R); 8550 8551 DEBUG({ 8552 dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n"; 8553 dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n"; 8554 dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n"; 8555 dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n"; 8556 dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n"; 8557 }); 8558 8559 Res = Q; 8560 8561 // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in 8562 // the array. 8563 if (i == Last) { 8564 8565 // Bail out if the remainder is too complex. 8566 if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) { 8567 Subscripts.clear(); 8568 Sizes.clear(); 8569 return; 8570 } 8571 8572 continue; 8573 } 8574 8575 // Record the access function for the current subscript. 8576 Subscripts.push_back(R); 8577 } 8578 8579 // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be 8580 // the access function of the innermost dimension. 8581 Subscripts.push_back(Res); 8582 8583 std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end()); 8584 8585 DEBUG({ 8586 dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n"; 8587 for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts) 8588 dbgs() << *S << "\n"; 8589 }); 8590 } 8591 8592 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and 8593 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that 8594 /// is the offset start of the array. The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes 8595 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub 8596 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the 8597 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride. When 8598 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged. 8599 /// 8600 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest 8601 /// 8602 /// void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) { 8603 /// 8604 /// for (long i = 0; i < n; i++) 8605 /// for (long j = 0; j < m; j++) 8606 /// for (long k = 0; k < o; k++) 8607 /// A[i][j][k] = 1.0; 8608 /// } 8609 /// 8610 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV: 8611 /// 8612 /// AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k> 8613 /// 8614 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A 8615 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in 8616 /// the loops: 8617 /// 8618 /// CHECK: Base offset: %A 8619 /// 8620 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of 8621 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening: 8622 /// 8623 /// CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes. 8624 /// 8625 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are 8626 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when 8627 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that 8628 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known 8629 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8. 8630 /// 8631 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference 8632 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase: 8633 /// 8634 /// CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>] 8635 /// 8636 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass: 8637 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function 8638 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing 8639 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results. 8640 8641 void ScalarEvolution::delinearize(const SCEV *Expr, 8642 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts, 8643 SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes, 8644 const SCEV *ElementSize) { 8645 // First step: collect parametric terms. 8646 SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms; 8647 collectParametricTerms(Expr, Terms); 8648 8649 if (Terms.empty()) 8650 return; 8651 8652 // Second step: find subscript sizes. 8653 findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize); 8654 8655 if (Sizes.empty()) 8656 return; 8657 8658 // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript. 8659 computeAccessFunctions(Expr, Subscripts, Sizes); 8660 8661 if (Subscripts.empty()) 8662 return; 8663 8664 DEBUG({ 8665 dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *Expr << "\n"; 8666 dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]"; 8667 for (const SCEV *S : Sizes) 8668 dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]"; 8669 8670 dbgs() << "\nArrayRef"; 8671 for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts) 8672 dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]"; 8673 dbgs() << "\n"; 8674 }); 8675 } 8676 8677 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8678 // SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation 8679 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8680 8681 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() { 8682 assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!"); 8683 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr())) 8684 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 8685 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(getValPtr()); 8686 // this now dangles! 8687 } 8688 8689 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) { 8690 assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!"); 8691 8692 // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value, 8693 // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new 8694 // value. 8695 Value *Old = getValPtr(); 8696 SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end()); 8697 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited; 8698 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 8699 User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 8700 // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone 8701 // that until everything else is done. 8702 if (U == Old) 8703 continue; 8704 if (!Visited.insert(U).second) 8705 continue; 8706 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U)) 8707 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 8708 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(U); 8709 Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end()); 8710 } 8711 // Delete the Old value. 8712 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old)) 8713 SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN); 8714 SE->ValueExprMap.erase(Old); 8715 // this now dangles! 8716 } 8717 8718 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se) 8719 : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {} 8720 8721 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8722 // ScalarEvolution Class Implementation 8723 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8724 8725 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(Function &F, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI, 8726 AssumptionCache &AC, DominatorTree &DT, 8727 LoopInfo &LI) 8728 : F(F), TLI(TLI), AC(AC), DT(DT), LI(LI), 8729 CouldNotCompute(new SCEVCouldNotCompute()), 8730 WalkingBEDominatingConds(false), ProvingSplitPredicate(false), 8731 ValuesAtScopes(64), LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64), 8732 FirstUnknown(nullptr) {} 8733 8734 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &&Arg) 8735 : F(Arg.F), TLI(Arg.TLI), AC(Arg.AC), DT(Arg.DT), LI(Arg.LI), 8736 CouldNotCompute(std::move(Arg.CouldNotCompute)), 8737 ValueExprMap(std::move(Arg.ValueExprMap)), 8738 WalkingBEDominatingConds(false), ProvingSplitPredicate(false), 8739 BackedgeTakenCounts(std::move(Arg.BackedgeTakenCounts)), 8740 ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue( 8741 std::move(Arg.ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue)), 8742 ValuesAtScopes(std::move(Arg.ValuesAtScopes)), 8743 LoopDispositions(std::move(Arg.LoopDispositions)), 8744 BlockDispositions(std::move(Arg.BlockDispositions)), 8745 UnsignedRanges(std::move(Arg.UnsignedRanges)), 8746 SignedRanges(std::move(Arg.SignedRanges)), 8747 UniqueSCEVs(std::move(Arg.UniqueSCEVs)), 8748 SCEVAllocator(std::move(Arg.SCEVAllocator)), 8749 FirstUnknown(Arg.FirstUnknown) { 8750 Arg.FirstUnknown = nullptr; 8751 } 8752 8753 ScalarEvolution::~ScalarEvolution() { 8754 // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their 8755 // destructors, so that they release their references to their values. 8756 for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U;) { 8757 SCEVUnknown *Tmp = U; 8758 U = U->Next; 8759 Tmp->~SCEVUnknown(); 8760 } 8761 FirstUnknown = nullptr; 8762 8763 ValueExprMap.clear(); 8764 8765 // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event 8766 // that a loop had multiple computable exits. 8767 for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I = 8768 BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); 8769 I != E; ++I) { 8770 I->second.clear(); 8771 } 8772 8773 assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage"); 8774 assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds && "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!"); 8775 assert(!ProvingSplitPredicate && "ProvingSplitPredicate garbage!"); 8776 } 8777 8778 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) { 8779 return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L)); 8780 } 8781 8782 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE, 8783 const Loop *L) { 8784 // Print all inner loops first 8785 for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I) 8786 PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, *I); 8787 8788 OS << "Loop "; 8789 L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 8790 OS << ": "; 8791 8792 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks; 8793 L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks); 8794 if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1) 8795 OS << "<multiple exits> "; 8796 8797 if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) { 8798 OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L); 8799 } else { 8800 OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. "; 8801 } 8802 8803 OS << "\n" 8804 "Loop "; 8805 L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 8806 OS << ": "; 8807 8808 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) { 8809 OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L); 8810 } else { 8811 OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. "; 8812 } 8813 8814 OS << "\n"; 8815 } 8816 8817 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS) const { 8818 // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print 8819 // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing 8820 // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though, 8821 // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't 8822 // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the 8823 // const isn't dangerous. 8824 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 8825 8826 OS << "Classifying expressions for: "; 8827 F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 8828 OS << "\n"; 8829 for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(F), E = inst_end(F); I != E; ++I) 8830 if (isSCEVable(I->getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(*I)) { 8831 OS << *I << '\n'; 8832 OS << " --> "; 8833 const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&*I); 8834 SV->print(OS); 8835 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SV)) { 8836 OS << " U: "; 8837 SE.getUnsignedRange(SV).print(OS); 8838 OS << " S: "; 8839 SE.getSignedRange(SV).print(OS); 8840 } 8841 8842 const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor((*I).getParent()); 8843 8844 const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L); 8845 if (AtUse != SV) { 8846 OS << " --> "; 8847 AtUse->print(OS); 8848 if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(AtUse)) { 8849 OS << " U: "; 8850 SE.getUnsignedRange(AtUse).print(OS); 8851 OS << " S: "; 8852 SE.getSignedRange(AtUse).print(OS); 8853 } 8854 } 8855 8856 if (L) { 8857 OS << "\t\t" "Exits: "; 8858 const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop()); 8859 if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) { 8860 OS << "<<Unknown>>"; 8861 } else { 8862 OS << *ExitValue; 8863 } 8864 } 8865 8866 OS << "\n"; 8867 } 8868 8869 OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: "; 8870 F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false); 8871 OS << "\n"; 8872 for (LoopInfo::iterator I = LI.begin(), E = LI.end(); I != E; ++I) 8873 PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, *I); 8874 } 8875 8876 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition 8877 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8878 auto &Values = LoopDispositions[S]; 8879 for (auto &V : Values) { 8880 if (V.getPointer() == L) 8881 return V.getInt(); 8882 } 8883 Values.emplace_back(L, LoopVariant); 8884 LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L); 8885 auto &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S]; 8886 for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) { 8887 if (V.getPointer() == L) { 8888 V.setInt(D); 8889 break; 8890 } 8891 } 8892 return D; 8893 } 8894 8895 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition 8896 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8897 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) { 8898 case scConstant: 8899 return LoopInvariant; 8900 case scTruncate: 8901 case scZeroExtend: 8902 case scSignExtend: 8903 return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L); 8904 case scAddRecExpr: { 8905 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); 8906 8907 // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable. 8908 if (AR->getLoop() == L) 8909 return LoopComputable; 8910 8911 // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop). 8912 if (!L) 8913 return LoopVariant; 8914 8915 // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if L contains AR's loop. 8916 if (L->contains(AR->getLoop())) 8917 return LoopVariant; 8918 8919 // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L. 8920 if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L)) 8921 return LoopInvariant; 8922 8923 // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands 8924 // are variant. 8925 for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AR->op_begin(), E = AR->op_end(); 8926 I != E; ++I) 8927 if (!isLoopInvariant(*I, L)) 8928 return LoopVariant; 8929 8930 // Otherwise it's loop-invariant. 8931 return LoopInvariant; 8932 } 8933 case scAddExpr: 8934 case scMulExpr: 8935 case scUMaxExpr: 8936 case scSMaxExpr: { 8937 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S); 8938 bool HasVarying = false; 8939 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 8940 I != E; ++I) { 8941 LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(*I, L); 8942 if (D == LoopVariant) 8943 return LoopVariant; 8944 if (D == LoopComputable) 8945 HasVarying = true; 8946 } 8947 return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant; 8948 } 8949 case scUDivExpr: { 8950 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S); 8951 LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L); 8952 if (LD == LoopVariant) 8953 return LoopVariant; 8954 LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L); 8955 if (RD == LoopVariant) 8956 return LoopVariant; 8957 return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ? 8958 LoopInvariant : LoopComputable; 8959 } 8960 case scUnknown: 8961 // All non-instruction values are loop invariant. All instructions are loop 8962 // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop. 8963 // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body 8964 // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop". 8965 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) 8966 return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant; 8967 return LoopInvariant; 8968 case scCouldNotCompute: 8969 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 8970 } 8971 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 8972 } 8973 8974 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8975 return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant; 8976 } 8977 8978 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) { 8979 return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable; 8980 } 8981 8982 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition 8983 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 8984 auto &Values = BlockDispositions[S]; 8985 for (auto &V : Values) { 8986 if (V.getPointer() == BB) 8987 return V.getInt(); 8988 } 8989 Values.emplace_back(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock); 8990 BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB); 8991 auto &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S]; 8992 for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) { 8993 if (V.getPointer() == BB) { 8994 V.setInt(D); 8995 break; 8996 } 8997 } 8998 return D; 8999 } 9000 9001 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition 9002 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 9003 switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) { 9004 case scConstant: 9005 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 9006 case scTruncate: 9007 case scZeroExtend: 9008 case scSignExtend: 9009 return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB); 9010 case scAddRecExpr: { 9011 // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query 9012 // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which 9013 // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly 9014 // dominates its entire containing block. 9015 const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); 9016 if (!DT.dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB)) 9017 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 9018 } 9019 // FALL THROUGH into SCEVNAryExpr handling. 9020 case scAddExpr: 9021 case scMulExpr: 9022 case scUMaxExpr: 9023 case scSMaxExpr: { 9024 const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S); 9025 bool Proper = true; 9026 for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end(); 9027 I != E; ++I) { 9028 BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(*I, BB); 9029 if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock) 9030 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 9031 if (D == DominatesBlock) 9032 Proper = false; 9033 } 9034 return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock; 9035 } 9036 case scUDivExpr: { 9037 const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S); 9038 const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS(); 9039 BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB); 9040 if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock) 9041 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 9042 BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB); 9043 if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock) 9044 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 9045 return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ? 9046 ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock; 9047 } 9048 case scUnknown: 9049 if (Instruction *I = 9050 dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) { 9051 if (I->getParent() == BB) 9052 return DominatesBlock; 9053 if (DT.properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB)) 9054 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 9055 return DoesNotDominateBlock; 9056 } 9057 return ProperlyDominatesBlock; 9058 case scCouldNotCompute: 9059 llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!"); 9060 } 9061 llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!"); 9062 } 9063 9064 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 9065 return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock; 9066 } 9067 9068 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) { 9069 return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock; 9070 } 9071 9072 namespace { 9073 // Search for a SCEV expression node within an expression tree. 9074 // Implements SCEVTraversal::Visitor. 9075 struct SCEVSearch { 9076 const SCEV *Node; 9077 bool IsFound; 9078 9079 SCEVSearch(const SCEV *N): Node(N), IsFound(false) {} 9080 9081 bool follow(const SCEV *S) { 9082 IsFound |= (S == Node); 9083 return !IsFound; 9084 } 9085 bool isDone() const { return IsFound; } 9086 }; 9087 } 9088 9089 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const { 9090 SCEVSearch Search(Op); 9091 visitAll(S, Search); 9092 return Search.IsFound; 9093 } 9094 9095 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) { 9096 ValuesAtScopes.erase(S); 9097 LoopDispositions.erase(S); 9098 BlockDispositions.erase(S); 9099 UnsignedRanges.erase(S); 9100 SignedRanges.erase(S); 9101 9102 for (DenseMap<const Loop*, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator I = 9103 BackedgeTakenCounts.begin(), E = BackedgeTakenCounts.end(); I != E; ) { 9104 BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second; 9105 if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) { 9106 BEInfo.clear(); 9107 BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(I++); 9108 } 9109 else 9110 ++I; 9111 } 9112 } 9113 9114 typedef DenseMap<const Loop *, std::string> VerifyMap; 9115 9116 /// replaceSubString - Replaces all occurrences of From in Str with To. 9117 static void replaceSubString(std::string &Str, StringRef From, StringRef To) { 9118 size_t Pos = 0; 9119 while ((Pos = Str.find(From, Pos)) != std::string::npos) { 9120 Str.replace(Pos, From.size(), To.data(), To.size()); 9121 Pos += To.size(); 9122 } 9123 } 9124 9125 /// getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts - Helper method for verifyAnalysis. 9126 static void 9127 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(Loop *L, VerifyMap &Map, ScalarEvolution &SE) { 9128 for (Loop::reverse_iterator I = L->rbegin(), E = L->rend(); I != E; ++I) { 9129 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, Map, SE); // recurse. 9130 9131 std::string &S = Map[L]; 9132 if (S.empty()) { 9133 raw_string_ostream OS(S); 9134 SE.getBackedgeTakenCount(L)->print(OS); 9135 9136 // false and 0 are semantically equivalent. This can happen in dead loops. 9137 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "false", "0"); 9138 // Remove wrap flags, their use in SCEV is highly fragile. 9139 // FIXME: Remove this when SCEV gets smarter about them. 9140 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nw>", ""); 9141 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nsw>", ""); 9142 replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nuw>", ""); 9143 } 9144 } 9145 } 9146 9147 void ScalarEvolution::verify() const { 9148 ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this); 9149 9150 // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops using SCEV's caches. 9151 // FIXME: It would be much better to store actual values instead of strings, 9152 // but SCEV pointers will change if we drop the caches. 9153 VerifyMap BackedgeDumpsOld, BackedgeDumpsNew; 9154 for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI.rbegin(), E = LI.rend(); I != E; ++I) 9155 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsOld, SE); 9156 9157 // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops using a fresh 9158 // ScalarEvolution object. 9159 ScalarEvolution SE2(F, TLI, AC, DT, LI); 9160 for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI.rbegin(), E = LI.rend(); I != E; ++I) 9161 getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsNew, SE2); 9162 9163 // Now compare whether they're the same with and without caches. This allows 9164 // verifying that no pass changed the cache. 9165 assert(BackedgeDumpsOld.size() == BackedgeDumpsNew.size() && 9166 "New loops suddenly appeared!"); 9167 9168 for (VerifyMap::iterator OldI = BackedgeDumpsOld.begin(), 9169 OldE = BackedgeDumpsOld.end(), 9170 NewI = BackedgeDumpsNew.begin(); 9171 OldI != OldE; ++OldI, ++NewI) { 9172 assert(OldI->first == NewI->first && "Loop order changed!"); 9173 9174 // Compare the stringified SCEVs. We don't care if undef backedgetaken count 9175 // changes. 9176 // FIXME: We currently ignore SCEV changes from/to CouldNotCompute. This 9177 // means that a pass is buggy or SCEV has to learn a new pattern but is 9178 // usually not harmful. 9179 if (OldI->second != NewI->second && 9180 OldI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos && 9181 NewI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos && 9182 OldI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***" && 9183 NewI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***") { 9184 dbgs() << "SCEVValidator: SCEV for loop '" 9185 << OldI->first->getHeader()->getName() 9186 << "' changed from '" << OldI->second 9187 << "' to '" << NewI->second << "'!\n"; 9188 std::abort(); 9189 } 9190 } 9191 9192 // TODO: Verify more things. 9193 } 9194 9195 char ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::PassID; 9196 9197 ScalarEvolution ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::run(Function &F, 9198 AnalysisManager<Function> *AM) { 9199 return ScalarEvolution(F, AM->getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F), 9200 AM->getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F), 9201 AM->getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F), 9202 AM->getResult<LoopAnalysis>(F)); 9203 } 9204 9205 PreservedAnalyses 9206 ScalarEvolutionPrinterPass::run(Function &F, AnalysisManager<Function> *AM) { 9207 AM->getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).print(OS); 9208 return PreservedAnalyses::all(); 9209 } 9210 9211 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution", 9212 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true) 9213 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker) 9214 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass) 9215 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) 9216 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass) 9217 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution", 9218 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true) 9219 char ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ID = 0; 9220 9221 ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID) { 9222 initializeScalarEvolutionWrapperPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); 9223 } 9224 9225 bool ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) { 9226 SE.reset(new ScalarEvolution( 9227 F, getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(), 9228 getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F), 9229 getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(), 9230 getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo())); 9231 return false; 9232 } 9233 9234 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { SE.reset(); } 9235 9236 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const { 9237 SE->print(OS); 9238 } 9239 9240 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::verifyAnalysis() const { 9241 if (!VerifySCEV) 9242 return; 9243 9244 SE->verify(); 9245 } 9246 9247 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { 9248 AU.setPreservesAll(); 9249 AU.addRequiredTransitive<AssumptionCacheTracker>(); 9250 AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>(); 9251 AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); 9252 AU.addRequiredTransitive<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>(); 9253 } 9254